Advertisement
Roman2110

Siren Call

Jul 19th, 2018
4,465
0
Never
Not a member of Pastebin yet? Sign Up, it unlocks many cool features!
text 370.24 KB | None | 0 0
  1. >Be Sunset Shimmer
  2. >You are walking down the halls of Canterlot High to class when a poster catches your eye
  3. >It was promoting the (now annual) Battle of the Bands and was asking for sign ups
  4. >You were shocked to see a poster for the event
  5. >You hadn't really thought of what happened back then in a long time
  6. >It felt like it was yesterday but it had been nearly a year since you and your friends stopped Sonata, Aria and Adagio
  7. >It's almost too hard to believe
  8. >You like to think you've come a long way since then
  9. >As you were about to sign up you and your friends to participate one of the other bands caught your eye
  10. >The Unknown
  11. >Made up of the brothers Pseudonymous, Incognito and the eldest Anonymous
  12. >The names sounded familiar but you couldn't place them
  13. >As you went about your day you asked some of your classmates if they had heard of the three
  14. >Apparently nobody had
  15. >When lunch rolled around you asked the girls if they had ever heard of them
  16. >They all said they sounded familiar but struggled as they tried to recall the names
  17. >Well, except for Rainbow Dash and Fluttershy who were both quiet
  18. >While you expected it of the meek animal lover, the brash jock would normally have something lewd to say when it came to the guys of the school
  19. >What surprised you the most was how even this world's Twilight didn't know the names, considering she had memorized every student from the database before officially starting here
  20. >Before lunch ended the seven of you went to Principal Celestia and Vice Principal Luna to see what was going on
  21. >When you enquired about the three brothers they had to pull up their own personal databases to find them
  22. >When they finally did you all managed to get a look at their pictures
  23. >Pseudonymous, the tallest of the three, had long shaggy purple hair that looked dried and cracked as if it hadn't been washed in a while as it hung over his eyes, which were even harder to see due to his hoodie
  24. >The blank expression and bags under his eyes spoke volumes about his sleeping habits
  25. >Incognito, the youngest of the three, had a nest of wavy blond hair that went down to his shoulders and was luckily a lot smoother and easier to look at
  26. >Something else that drew your eyes was the vest he wore, not only did it give you full view of the light but certainly visible amount of lean muscle in his arms it also clung to his chest just so that you could
  27. >You derail that train of thought before it could go any further, your mother raised you better than that
  28. >Finally your eyes drifted down to Anonymous, the eldest of the three, and he certainly stood out the most as he was easily the neatest of the three
  29. >With short cut green hair and green eyes it felt like his picture was legitimately looking at you, as you took in the rest of him you saw him wearing a waistcoat over a plain shirt with a pair of trousers
  30. >The feature that stood out the most though was the small question mark tattoo he had on the left side of his neck
  31. >As the day for the beginning of the contest approached though you almost couldn't stop noticing the three
  32. >As you did though you realised why they were so hard to notice
  33. >They were a trio of brothers that had joined not too long ago who, despite their appearances, were very average
  34. >They stuck to the back row during class and only ever got average scores
  35. >It was surprising Pseudonymous was even able to get marks that high considering he was sleeping whenever you saw him, you even saw him fall asleep face first into his food during lunch causing Anonymous to have to save him from suffocating while the other people on their table acted like they weren't even there
  36. >Then there was Incognito who you often saw throwing paper air-planes at people only for those people to practically look through him to blame the person next to him
  37. >It sort of reminded you of how Wall Flower was ignored so much and it made you want to make things right with them like you did for her
  38. >But no matter how hard you tried to try and talk to one of them in class you got interrupted by someone needing your help with some of the work or one of the problems
  39. >Then when you tried to catch one of them after class they always managed to get away before you could say hello and then headed for either a darkened hallways, under the bleachers, or the roof to join the other two
  40. >Despite their aloof nature they had apparently garnered the attention of a lot of the girls in the school over the year, all of which got turned down
  41. >You later learned from Rainbow, that she was one of those girls and ended up getting shot down by Incognito when she made a bet with AJ that she could get his number
  42. >You were shocked you forgot about that considering how she needed a LOT of consoling after that
  43. >She hadn't said anything when you asked because she had wanted to forget about it for a long time
  44. >Though in her defence it was really harsh shoot down, you even heard from a friend of a friend that they saw Anonymous punch Incognito across the jaw for how rude he was
  45. >At least one of them is a decent guy, despite his feminine ways
  46. >What made you all choke on your own shock was when Fluttershy revealed she was dating one of them
  47. >Pseudonymous to be exact, despite his shaggy appearance and fondness for sleeping he was an avid animal lover and often helped at the animal shelter
  48. >Apparently she had tried to introduce you six a few times when you stopped by to visit while he was working
  49. >Now you were really starting to feel like a piece of shit for ignoring them like everyone else did
  50. >One day you finally managed to bump into them and you were able to learn a bit about them
  51. >Incognito acted as you imagined, like a girl with an ego that could overshadow Rainbow's
  52. >Pseudonymous was also as you expected, quiet like Fluttershy but he had a calming presence, rather than shaking like a leaf he seemed to be more in control the quieter it was
  53. >Anonymous was rather shocking though, he would strike Incognito whenever he got particularly brash like it was second nature to him
  54. >He was also very lewd, every other sentence that came out of his mouth could be construed as an innuendo or as something completely innocent
  55. >When they finally departed you were left breathing heavily with a face like a tomato and a lot of new material to work with in the shower
  56. >But nonetheless this was really starting to weird you out
  57. >First you could barely put their names to their faces and now you learn that one of them has been dating one of your best friends for nearly a year
  58. >The day was finally winding down, and as you pondered the new revelations you caught a heavy drumbeat coming from the music room
  59. >When you took a glance through the window you found the three practising for the upcoming Battle of the Bands
  60. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lX44CAz-JhU
  61. >As the song went on you found yourself swaying to the song more and more and relaxing more and more
  62. >As the Anonymous' hips swung it brought up his shirt revealing a belt with a red sheen
  63. >You were only just able to snap out of your daze to see that the red sheen wasn't coming from the belt but from the ruby gem that was used as the buckle
  64. >Taking a closer look you saw Incognito and Pseudonymous had identical belts
  65. >Your heart dropped as you looked up to see them all already making eye contact without missing a beat of the song
  66. >As Anonymous shot a wink at you, you bolted to the school's exit, scrambling to bring up your contacts to get the girls together
  67. >"I'M OUT OF MY HEAD OF MY HEART AND MY MIND..."
  68. >But it didn't matter how far you went you still heard their song blaring inside your head as images of them danced through your mind
  69. >"...CAUSE YOU CAN RUN BUT YOU CAN'T HIDE...”
  70. >As you ran through the twisting alleys on your way home you kept getting caught off by one of the brothers with their arms stretched out to you forcing you to backtrack to a different route
  71. >“...I'M GONNA MAKE YOU MINE"
  72. >As your house finally came into view the three all stood outside your door
  73. >As they approached you, you found yourself with your back pressed against a wall
  74. >"OUT OF MY HEAD AND MY HEART AND MY MIND..."
  75. >As the music reached the point where it got loud enough that you thought your eardrums would burst Anonymous started to get uncomfortably close
  76. >As his hands cupped your cheek you clenched your eyes shut as his lips closed in on yours
  77. >"...cause I can feel how your flesh now is crying out for more"
  78. >As the music ceased and the softer words hit your ears you eyes snapped open to see Anonymous, his face still inches from yours
  79. >As he shot you a wink he and his brothers vanished into a puff of smoke
  80. >You started gulping down air as you tried to still your racing heart
  81. >Drenched in sweat you scanned up and down your street to catch any sign of them
  82. >When you found none you stumbled into your home on weak knees
  83. >Collapsing on your couch you checked your phone to see when the girls would get there
  84. >You were shocked to see that whilst you had contacted the girls you hadn't told them about anything you saw, you just went back and forth on a normal conversation
  85. >You felt your hands start to tremble as you tried and failed to recall ever even sending these messages
  86. >You recalled the look on Anonymous' face and felt your face start to flush and your eyes start to water as the reality of who and what they were and what they're capable of came crashing down on you
  87. >You went to sleep not knowing what was gonna happen next and that frightened you
  88.  
  89. >Be Anonymous
  90. >You and your brothers came out of the spell you just cast to screw with that Shimmer girl
  91. >“What the fuck was that Anon?”
  92. >As the sound of your brother's voice already ground your patience down to next to nothing you turn to him
  93. “What's the problem this time Incog?”
  94. >Turning to your blond brother he had crossed his arms at you
  95. >“My problem is all of that, we were this close to getting that girl and you let her go”
  96. >You smacked your hand against your forehead at your younger brother's stupidity
  97. “Did you really not watch the video of when our sisters got beaten?”
  98. >He glares at you as if you just insulted his mother, of course he's too stupid to realise that if you did that you'd be insulting your mother too
  99. >”Of course I watched the damn video, you wouldn't stop going on about it, that bacon haired bitch fucked over the girls' plans, so why didn't we corrupt her now before she does the same to us”
  100. >“Because she's an Equestrian, not just any Equestrian at that, but a former pupil of the Alicorn Celestia, because of this she has a passive defence against our magic that is far superior to anything any human or any pony would normally have”
  101. >Turning your head you see Pseudo hiding underneath his hoodie tapping away at his phone
  102. >“So what's that mean, we're fucked no matter what and this was Anon's attempt at trying to get in her pants or something?”
  103. “No dipshit it means that this has helped us wear down those defences, the next time we hit her with our magic she'll be at our mercy like any other human”
  104. >You watch Incog putting the 3 piece puzzle together in his head at a painfully slow pace
  105. >You breathe a sigh of relief as his mouth forms an 'O' as a look of realisation crosses his face
  106. >That look is replace by a glare as the pinging of Pseudo's phone clearly starts to get to him
  107. >“Pseudo would you please stop texting that pink haired bimbo already, it's pissing me off”
  108. >“It's not my fault that you're jealous that you can't get a girlfriend”
  109. >“Oh please I can get any girl I like, mares were throwing themselves at my rocks back in Equestria”
  110. >“Yep and your 'rocks' have gotten HOW many girls since we came here”
  111. >You failed to stifle a laugh as Incog opened and closed his mouth as he tried to find a decent retort causing him to turn to you
  112. >“What are you laughing at Anon? Isn't this the part where you tell me off for how 'I bwoke that wittle itty bitty Dashie's heawt'?
  113. >The glare you shoot at him stops him from making any further comment
  114. “How many times do I have to go over this with you before it sticks in your thick skull? You. Left. An. Impression. I couldn't care less that you broke her heart, she's aware of us, this is supposed to be a covert op remember, we had to use up all the magic we had gathered up to that point to make everyone forget us again, but because of you the impression was too deep on her and she remembered us”
  115. >“But you're fine with leaving an impression on that Shimmer girl?”
  116. “We're close enough to the Battle of the Bands and powerful enough that it doesn't matter, if that Rainbow girl had spread the impression to others before now we'd be in the same situation as Adagio, Aria and Sonata”
  117. >The two of them drop their heads at the mention of your lost sisters
  118. >You had all thought they were gone for good
  119. >You were fine as you were until out of nowhere you see that Starswirl bastard still walking
  120. >If he was still around then they had to be somewhere too right?
  121. >The three of you went through more royal guard fleets than ever before and finally found a clue in the mention of a magic mirror locked away in the castle of a new princess
  122. >A simple size change spell made it easy to sneak in, and while getting used to these new forms was difficult the magic stored up from those guard mares made it easy to cast a spell of ignorance around the entire town
  123. >Taking a deep breath you get the others' attention
  124. “Listen you two I know you miss them, but we need to stay focused, we're 10x stronger than they were at the peak of the battle and we're only gonna get stronger, and with that Fluttershy girl under Pseudo's spell we're guaranteed domination of those seven, then this world will be putty in our hands”
  125. >“Then they'll come running to us and the six of us can kill that decrepit unicorn”
  126. >For once you're alright with Incog cutting you off
  127. “Exactly, and I can already feel that Shimmer girl and her defences eroding, so let's wrap it up here and head home”
  128. >“I want sushi”
  129. “You know I'm surprised at how fucked up you really are Pseudo”
  130. >With a grunt and a shrug he makes his way out the school with the two of you following after
  131.  
  132. >Be Sunset Shimmer
  133. >You wake up feeling sore and even more exhausted than when you fell asleep
  134. >As you fully come to you start to recall what happened last night
  135. >As images of Anonymous, Incognito and Pseudonymous flash through your head you bolt upright
  136. >Quickly searching through your house you find your phone and start texting the girls
  137. >As you spot last night's conversation you choose to simply let them know you need to speak with them all
  138. >You go about your usual morning routine in preparation for school
  139. >Grabbing your journal to Princess Twilight you slip it in your bag just in case
  140. >The walk to school is plagued with images from last night and countless questions
  141. >Why are they here?
  142. >What do they want?
  143. >Who are they?
  144. >How much power do they have?
  145. >Have they really only been here for a year?
  146. >Each question only leads to more questions and no answers
  147. >As you feel like your brain's about to blow a fuse the sound of footsteps besides you snaps you out of your conundrum
  148. >Looking to the side you tense up as you're faced with Anonymous walking besides you
  149. >Despite his relaxed posture you can see the smirk tugging at the corner of his lips
  150. >For what feels like forever you walk side by side in tense silence
  151. >Seeing him brings all the questions you had and more to the forefront of your mind
  152. >But no matter how hard you try you can't bring yourself to so much as speak
  153. >You're not sure whether its because of your exhaustion or fear of what he did last night, but Anonymous seems perfectly comfortable with the situation
  154. >Finally steadying yourself you step in front of him and stop him in his tracks
  155. >“Um excuse me, I'm trying to get to school”
  156. >You grit your teeth as his nonchalant tone only irks you further
  157. “What do you want?”
  158. >He raises an eyebrow at your question before shrugging his shoulders “I just wanna get to school and get a good education”
  159. >He'd be convincing if he didn't double over with laughter before he even finished his sentence as he walked around you
  160. >Feeling your previous fear being replace with irritation you run after him again
  161. >Grabbing him by the shoulder you spin him around to face you
  162. “Don't play dumb with me Anonymous, I know exactly what you are”
  163. >“You do, and what would that be?”
  164. “You're a Siren, you and your brothers”
  165. >Anonymous raises his hand to his chin and puts on a ponderous look “Whilst that's certainly an interesting theory I can't help but wonder what your proof is”
  166. “My proof is right there”
  167. >You emphasise your statement by pointing a finger at his belt buckle where the all too familiar gem still resides
  168. >Sadly you only realise your mistake when you hear some girls nearby wolf whistling at the two of you
  169. >Quickly retracting your finger you take a step back as you realise how this must look
  170. >Guys will think you're some perv if you stayed like that
  171. >You take another step back as you spot a predatory grin spread across Anonymous' face as he takes a step towards you
  172. >“Why Sunset I am flattered by your forwardness but I must insist you leave such actions until we get a little... closer”
  173. >You feel the cold metal of a street lamp bump against your back as the last word rolls off his tongue
  174. >You're not helped as images flash through your mind at Anonymous' words and the passing comments made by people as they pass by the both of you
  175. >Quickly shaking yourself out of your daze you shove him backwards and this time point at his face
  176. “Don't try anything creep, I know what you are and me and my friends are going to stop you just like the last time your kind tried to take over the world”
  177. >You feel a surge of confidence as you see a brief look of worry flash across his face, sadly that confidence is dampened as he starts to chuckle to himself
  178. “What's so funny?”
  179. >“You? You and your friends are going to beat us?”
  180. >Crossing your arms over your chest and standing your ground you give him a firm nod
  181. >You shoot him a glare as he continues to chuckle to himself
  182. >As you open your mouth to interrogate him further he holds up a hand as he slowly brings his laughter under control
  183. >“Sorry about that, really no, it- it honestly isn't all that funny when you think about it”
  184. >You quirk an eyebrow at this but remain silent to see what he has to say
  185. >“I mean its just, there's the three of us against what? You, the former pupil of the most politically powerful pony in all Equestria who got banished by her own teacher” ok that actually hurt a little but you refuse to let it show
  186. >“Then there's that blue chick with a crush on Incog, the diva, the hick, that pink one who's probably on drugs and who else? It's on the tip of my tongue”
  187. >You don't even try to hide the dirty look you're shooting him for those comments “oh that's right, Fluttershy's her name right?”
  188. >Hearing Fluttershy's name drags you back to reality as you recall what she told you yesterday
  189. >She's been dating one of these Sirens for who knows how long
  190. >You rush to school, but not before shoulder checking Anonymous as hard as you can
  191. >Despite running all the way there you only just make it as the bell rings
  192. >You want to look for Fluttershy now but you might only just end up getting in trouble, then it'd take even longer to get to her
  193. >Swallowing your growing worry you make your way to your first class
  194. >Hopefully lunch will come quick as you don't have any classes with her today
  195. >You're able to calm yourself as you remember she'll be with Rainbow all day at least
  196. >Finally settling down in your seat you begin taking notes until you feel someone tap your shoulder
  197. >Looking to the side you see one of your classmates holding a note out to you
  198. >As discreetly as you can you grab the note without the teacher noticing
  199. >When you get the chance you unfold it to see what's on it
  200. >Your eyes widen a little as you read 'Clock's ticking, each second makes the spell harder to break'
  201. >Spinning your head to the back of the room you spot no sign of Anonymous
  202. >Feeling a tap on your shoulder you turn to the student again
  203. >You nearly fall out of your seat as you realise it's the blonde and brash Incognito
  204. >“Hiya Red, hope I didn't startle you too much, it's just that Anon insisted I give you that personally. You understand right?”
  205. >You feel a shiver go up your spine as his smirk spreads from ear to ear
  206. >Suddenly feeling a sting run through your palm you drop the note
  207. >Clutching your hand you see that you ended up clenching your fist so hard that not only did you turn your knuckles white but you pierced your skin
  208. >Your nostrils flare as you get ready to shout at the young Siren
  209. >As you turn to give him a verbal beating you're thrown off by a paper plane hitting you between the eyes
  210. >Flinching at the contact you rub the area
  211. >Before you're able to compose yourself you are pelted with at least half a dozen paper balls and planes
  212. “WOULD YOU CUT THAT OUT!”
  213. >The room goes silent as everyone turns to you
  214. >“Miss Shimmer is there something you'd like to share with the class?”
  215. “I- well I- I mean Incognito was distracting me miss”
  216. >As the teacher turns her glare to Incognito you feel a bit of hope well up in you, it won't be much but maybe getting him in detention will make it harder for the three to coordinate
  217. >You're shocked as you realise the teacher's eyes have become unfocused, staring right through where Incognito is
  218. >As she turns back to you her eyes refocus and her strictness with it
  219. >“Miss Shimmer, I do not appreciate you trying to place blame on other students, now apologise to Incognito”
  220. “What?! Miss you can't be serious”
  221. >“I am very serious young lady, now apologise, or do I need to put you in detention?”
  222. >You open and close your mouth several times before sighing in defeat and muttering a half hearted apology to him which causes him to burst into a smug smirk that makes you want to beat him, the fact he's a guy be damned
  223. >”I also see my lesson is clearly boring you, I hope you were able to entertain yourself with all the paper planes you chose to build, now throw those in the trash and be quiet for the rest of the class”
  224. >You feel yourself starting to shake with anger
  225. >Shooting a glare at Incognito you see his belt glowing
  226. >Taking a deep breath you collect the trash and throw it away before you get in any more trouble
  227. >As the class goes on you're hit by paper plane after paper plane
  228. >Each time you try to retaliate you're given a warning by your teacher
  229. >You even get blamed by one of your classmates after they get hit by one of the planes you avoided
  230. >Thankfully your other classes aren't nearly as bad
  231. >Whilst Anonymous does shoot you several knowing smirks he remains silent
  232. >Weirdly enough he offers to be your partner for one of the lesson's group projects
  233. >You accept, much to your own chagrin and the annoyance of the other girls in the class
  234. >At least like this you can keep an eye on him
  235. >Lunch finally comes around and you breathe a sigh of relief as you're able to find a relatively secluded table to have lunch and talk with your friends
  236.  
  237. >You loved lunch time
  238. >The hustle and bustle of the classroom went away and the hustle and bustle of the lunch room replaced it
  239. >Alright so maybe it isn't that big of an improvement
  240. >But at least you won't be put on the spot, where everyone can see you fail
  241. >You also get to be with your friends
  242. >Both your animal ones and the girls
  243. >That reminds you, you'll need to ask the lunch lady for an extra salad for Angel Bunny
  244. >All this leads you to conclude that you must be Fluttershy
  245. >As you thank the lunch lady for helping you feed your pets again you look around for the girls
  246. >“You see them anywhere Shy?”
  247. >You let out a small grunt and brace yourself so that you don't drop your tray as Rainbow slings her arm and weight around your shoulders
  248. “Ummmm- oh yes I think I see Sunset waving to us”
  249. >“Wow what's she doing over there? Must be something really important, hey you don't think it's some awesome super monster from Equestria do you, I sure hope it is”
  250. “Oh um, I hope not”
  251. >Sadly the vague text you got from Sunset this morning tells you otherwise
  252. >Whilst you're thankful for your friends, they do have a tendency to get wrapped up in life threatening situation, and sadly you normally have to go along with them
  253. >Not that you'd ever abandon them, but is a breather every now and then too much to ask for?
  254. >As Rainbow rushes ahead of you to greet the others you take a deep breath before you follow behind
  255. >Sitting between Rainbow and Rarity you bring your bag to rest on your lap, unzip it and slip the extra salad inside
  256. >Hearing the familiar crunch of lettuce and happy chirps you start to tuck into your own lunch
  257. >“Alright Sunset hit us, what's the problem this time, a time travelling warlock, a monster from beyond the stars?”
  258. >You can't help but tighten your grip on your fork as Rainbow lists off a number of possible monstrosities
  259. >You wish the girls had acknowledged Pseudo by now, you think they'd get along great
  260. >Its not like you want him around so that he could hug you and calm you down by telling you everything would be ok whenever Rainbow went on one of her rants
  261. >Definitely not, you're a woman after all, like Rainbow always says women don't get scared
  262. >You're just trembling with excitement at the prospect of facing more planet threatening monsters
  263. >Yep, that's definitely excitement
  264. >You're just gonna give Angel a hug to make sure he's ok
  265. >“Sorry Rainbow but we're not dealing with anything like that, its actually an old foe, so to speak”
  266. >Oh thank mother nature
  267. >Breathing a sigh of relief you relax your grip on Angel Bunny
  268. >Luckily you were able to restrain yourself from restricting his airways this time
  269. >You still haven't really forgiven yourself for that
  270. >You actually feel a little bit of confidence after hearing that
  271. >If you've beaten it before then you can beat it again
  272. >“So that leaves what, two options? Either someone's been possessed by a boatload of Equestrian magic again or the Sirens are back”
  273. >You see Twilight perk up at this out of the corner of your eye
  274. >“Sirens? You girls know those aren't real right? They're just an old greek myth”
  275. >“Well I doubt you believed in magic before you came to our school am I right?”
  276. >You see Twilight's face flush in embarrassment at the mention of her first time at the school
  277. >“Well I mean come on? Fish creatures that use their voices to lure wary sailors into jagged rocks, really?”
  278. >You decide that you may as well contribute, the girls are always trying to encourage you to do so after all
  279. “Well basically yes, but rather than 'luring sailors into jagged rocks' they actually just used their voices to turn the students into violent thugs and drained the negative energy and turned it into magical power that they then used to create a magical construct of their true Siren forms to try and defeat us”
  280. >You can almost see the loading bar as Twilight tries to process what you just said
  281. >When it finally clicks she leans so far back that Sunset has to grab her before she slips off her seat
  282. >Turning to Sunset, Twilight rubs her hands nervously together as her eyes dart around the room “Wow, that- that sounds terrifying, but um you guys defeated them right? They're gone?”
  283. >“Well, I mean sure and they had these necklaces they used as conduits which we shattered so they can't use their magic again but... we kind of... sort of... don't know where they are”
  284. >As her voice trails off Sunset give a nervous chuckle as Twilight's eyes turn to pinpricks
  285. >You can feel everyone start to worry as you remember the days and weeks you spent trying to find a lead on them and coming up empty handed
  286. >You even spot Rainbow Dash shoot a glance over her shoulder, even if she just plays it off as trying to look at boys
  287. >*PING*
  288. >You're startled a bit as your phone goes off
  289. >Grabbing it you see you've gotten a message from Pseudo
  290. >-“Hey babe, how's your day been so far? No one's given you trouble right?”-
  291. >You can't help but blush at the message, he was always worried about you
  292. >Normally your meekness put guys off but he always says he loves it
  293. -“Don't worry, I'm fine Pseudo, just having lunch with the girls. What about you?”-
  294. >-“Same but with my brothers, sadly, I swear one of these days I'm gonna throw Incog off this roof”-
  295. >He always did have a more feminine sense of dark humour
  296. -“Come on honey is he really that bad?”-
  297. >“flutter-”
  298. >-“We're talking about the same Incog right? Pretty sure I've introduced you, blond, short, total twat?”-
  299. >You can't help but giggle at that, it took a while but you've really warmed up to his blunter way of speaking
  300. >None of that guy mind game nonsense
  301. >“-shy!?”
  302. -“He's a bit... brash sure, but he is your brother”-
  303. >“fluttershy?”
  304. >-“Yeah sure, whatever I guess. But enough about him, same time at the shelter today?”-
  305. >He always did know mentioning your animals helped make a bad day better
  306. -“Of course, oh and a friend of mine is coming to help as well, I bet you'll love them”-
  307. >-“This isn't another one of your attempts to make me get along with your brother is it-
  308. >“FLUTTERSHY!?”
  309. >You let out a shriek as your attention is brought up to the very loud Rainbow Dash in front of you
  310. >Being startled like that caused your phone to slip out of your hand
  311. >“Shy what's going on, we've been trying to get your attention for 5 minutes”
  312. >5 minutes? That's concerning to say the least, you shrink into yourself as much as you can as you mutter a few dozen apologise
  313. >You're quickly stopped by Sunset who works to put you at ease “Hey hey it's ok Fluttershy but this is really important, you probably need to hear this more than anyone”
  314. >Taking a few calming breaths you straighten yourself and give her a nod to continue
  315. >“Ok I know this is gonna sound crazy but, while we are dealing with Sirens, it isn't Sonata, Aria or Adagio. It's actually three guy Sirens this time, and it's, well it's the Unknown brothers”
  316. >Your grip tightens at that so much that you end up snapping your fork
  317. >You must have misheard her
  318. >“Anonymous...”
  319. >no no no
  320. >“Incognito...”
  321. >“That punk.” Rainbow slams her fist into the table at the mention of his name “No wonder he shot me down he's probably into some weird horse or fish anatomy”
  322. >“...and, I'm sorry Fluttershy but Pseudo's one too, there's no doubt that-”
  323. “NO!”
  324. >The lunch room goes silent as all eyes turn to face you
  325. >Clasping your hands over your mouth you try to shrink into your seat
  326. >Was that really you?
  327. >Having walked to your side of the table, you feel Sunset's hand on your shoulder as she brings you into a small hug
  328. >“I'm really, really sorry Fluttershy but I hope you know I wouldn't say this if I didn't have proof”
  329. >This can't be happening to you
  330. >“Look Fluttershy this sucks for you, I get it, but we gotta bust some skulls before they try what the other three did, let's go”
  331. >“Now hold on just a minute you three”
  332. >You all turn to see Rarity shooting Rainbow a glare as she trying to process this
  333. >“Whilst I can understand the gung-ho attitude of defeating another trio of song writing ruffians need I remind you we have nothing to go on? You act as though you're familiar with the three when we've not seen hide or head of them”
  334. >You don't know if your heart can take so many shocks
  335. >Not noticing Pseudo was one thing but this is something else
  336. >Something that makes you feel a pit grow in your stomach
  337. >Finally finding your voice again you speak up
  338. “Rarity we- we talked about the three the other day, we went to Celestia and Luna and I even told you all about how I've been dating Pseudo for nearly a year now”
  339. >You gulp as you see their eyes start to glaze over at that
  340. “Sorry if I didn't say it loud enough the first time”
  341. >As soon as it appeared the glazed look lifts from the other 4 and they all seemed to flush with embarrassment
  342. >“Oh my I- I seem to have made a severe lapse, apologies I don't know what came over me”
  343. >“Same here, sure the farm work's been picking up but I normally gotta memory like an elephant”
  344. >“Me three if you told me you had a boyfriend for nearly a year I would've written down a party plans for your anniversary” Pinkie then proceeds to drag a number of cakes, crates of gunpowder and confetti, and her signature cannon out of her hair, until finally grabbing a notebook and flipping through it “Huh what do you know? I did! Wait that's a bad thing, why would I forget that?”
  345. >“That's a very good question Pinkie.” Twilight puts on her serious face as you can see her going over everything “Fluttershy, you said that the other Sirens were able to use negative energy to make magical power to cast spells?”
  346. >Whilst you're not entirely sure on the specifics you give her a confirming nod
  347. >“Sunset, you also said that they had magical conduits for the spells?”
  348. >Turning to Sunset, Twilight quirks an eyebrow
  349. >“Um well, at my best guess yeah that's what they were”
  350. >“Well what if they came through the portal with a store of magical energy beforehand and have been using it to make people forget them? After all it could be possible they learnt from the previous Sirens' attempt right?”
  351. >Wow, you almost wonder if this is actually the Equestrian Twilight
  352. >But then again she did spend a lot of time studying the magic energy coming from your school so it isn't that surprising
  353. >“That's what I reckon, like today for example, Incognito was pelting me with these annoying god damn little paper air planes all first class”
  354. >You lean away from Sunset a bit as her voice slowly rises and her hair gets a bit frizzy
  355. >Noticing the looks you're all giving her she sighs and fixes her hair
  356. >“Sorry, it's just- the whole lesson I couldn't do anything cause he was using his damn magic to make people ignore him and blame me, I was worried people were gonna think I was becoming a bully again”
  357. >You feel a pang in your heart at that, this isn't the first time Sunset has consoled this in the six of you
  358. >You all have tried to put her fears to rest but they're very persistent
  359. >“But enough of that, cause I know what their conduit is, it's their belt buckles, same colour, same shape, same everything as those necklaces, we get those, we stop them in their tracks”
  360. >“Taking a guy's belt? I'd be in even if the world wasn't in danger”
  361. >You feel a bit embarrassed laughing at another of Rainbow's jokes
  362. >Though you can't help but feel your heart drop as you go over your memories of Pseudo
  363. >You've seen that belt all the time and you're only just realising that Sunset's right about the design
  364. >That rabbit hole leads to a lot of questions about your relationship with him
  365. >Stealing a glance at your phone you notice it go off and decide to put it away for now
  366. >You need some time to think about all of this
  367. >“Fluttershy, I hate to put this on you but can you set us up to meet with Pseudonymous?”
  368. “Wait what?”
  369. >You may need to think about all of this quickly
  370.  
  371. >Be Pseudonymous
  372. >But right now you really wish you weren't
  373. >Your day had been going so well
  374. >Your lessons didn't have your brothers in them
  375. >Your lunch break let you talk to your girlfriend
  376. >Then it started going downhill
  377. >First off your girlfriend cut off your conversation half way through it
  378. >Which wasn't uncommon, she had friends and it wasn't the first time she had to abruptly end one of your chats for their antics
  379. >Sadly it left you to the torment that was being in the presence of your younger brother Incognito
  380. >Then it just snowballed from there
  381. >The rest of the lessons came and you were unsettled to say the least
  382. >Incognito had gotten even more wasteful of his magic energy ever since Anon basically gave the go ahead to leave impressions the other day
  383. >What's worse is that he's spreading his magic too thin
  384. >Usually he'd do a prank every other day and people would forget it ever happened
  385. >Now he's pulling pranks every lesson and the magic is starting to wane
  386. >People are starting to notice the three of you
  387. >Like actual noticing
  388. >It's become like butter over too much bread
  389. >If he isn't careful he's not gonna have enough magic for when it counts
  390. >Sure the majority of your magic came straight from Equestria with you so he should be good
  391. >Or rather he should have been
  392. >If he keeps up this pace he'll be scrounging off you and Anon for magic in a week
  393. >You've tried talking to him but he's far too carefree to give it any concern
  394. >You even tried bringing it up with Anonymous but he was dismissing you
  395. >For the first time in his life he's unfocused which is definitely not good for your operation
  396. >You aren't sure whether the prospect of being so close to reuniting with your sisters is what's causing it or if he's second guessing his thoughts on those girls but you hope he snaps out of it soon
  397. >You've picked up some of his leadership skills from watching him over the years sure, but those are more bluffs than anything
  398. >When things are calm you can put on a confident face, give decent advice, but when pressure sets in your brain scrambles, and right now you're feeling more pressure than ever
  399. >But for now you can alleviate that pressure
  400. >Sure maybe not much, and maybe not for long, but it's the only thing that can
  401. >The animal shelter
  402. >One of the best things in this strange world
  403. >It always confused you how your brothers were unable to find anything good in this place
  404. >You snap out of your reverie as you hear your brothers say their goodbyes and split off to do their usual routine
  405. >Taking all the twists and turns almost by instinct you soon find yourself at your destination
  406. >As you open the door the familiar jingle of the bell followed by the calls of the animals as they see you fill your ears
  407. >You feel a small smile start to spread across your face as you already begin to forget today's irritations
  408. >You go to check the stock room when you're met with a peculiar sight
  409. >A woman, no older than you, with pink dreadlocks is sitting amongst the animals feeding them
  410. >Fantastic another over feeder
  411. “Um excuse me miss, customers aren't allowed to feed the animals”
  412. >She lifts her head to look at you as she continues stroking one of the dogs
  413. >“Awww come on man, these little dudes are hungry, I'm not gonna starve them”
  414. >Taking a deep breath you pinch the bridge of your nose before exhaling deeply
  415. “They're not hungry, they're smart, they know humans find them cute, so they use that to get you to feed them, they constantly try that with me and Flutters”
  416. >“Flutters?”
  417. >Crap you forgot she doesn't like other people hearing your nicknames for each other
  418. “Me and Fluttershy I mean, she's the girl who practically runs this shelter, the one who owns it just provides her with the funding for it”
  419. >A look of realisation flashes across her face as she pushes the animals away gently and brushes herself off
  420. >“Oh, you must be Pseudonymous, Fluttershy told me all about you, I'm Fluttershy's friend Tree Hugger, and I'm here to help you two out”
  421. >Oh so this is the friend Fluttershy was talking about
  422. >Thank god it wasn't her brother
  423. >That guy just put you off in ways you can't explain
  424. >Reaching out a hand you give her a handshake as you introduce yourself
  425. “Yeah, I'm Pseudo, wasn't expecting you when Fluttershy said she had a friend that was coming to help.”
  426. >Straightening out your clothes you lead her into the stock room to give her a run down on the basics of how the two of you run the shelter
  427. >She has a lot of, interesting suggestions to put it lightly, when you mention things like how much time you allow for the animals to be let out of their cages and how much food you allow them each day
  428. >By the time you're done explaining to her everything you're back into the usual swing of things
  429. >You go about your day as usual, feeding each animal their due, checking the baby animals are healthy and playing with the particularly feisty ones
  430. >You thank your Siren physiology for that last one
  431. >As you're starting to relax in one of the pens to keep the animals sociable and responsive to human company you hear a jingle at the door
  432. >Looking up you can't help but smile as Fluttershy walks through the door
  433. >Pale skin, fine hair, how she wasn't snatched up before you got here you'll never know
  434. >Not that you're complaining
  435. >As you get up, much to the disappointment of one of the puppies you were tending to, you give her a wave as you head over to her
  436. >Embracing her you bury your head in her hair taking in the scent of strawberries just slightly
  437. >Whilst she does return the embrace it's unnaturally stiff
  438. >Like, the first time you hugged her stiff
  439. >Whilst her damn female pride won't let her admit it this is a tell-tale sign that something's wrong
  440. >Honestly you blame that Rainbow girl for encouraging this kind of behaviour
  441. >In an attempt to comfort her you grip her arms lightly as you give her forehead a kiss
  442. >You feel her shiver at this, and it's not the good kind of shiver
  443. >Bringing a finger to her chin you force her to look at you
  444. “Fluttershy what's wrong?”
  445. >You try to not let your own worry leak into your voice, that'd just make it worse
  446. >She actually resists you slightly but after caressing her cheek and a bit more encouragement she finally meets her eyes
  447. >What you see fills you with shock, sadness and a lot of anger
  448. >Fluttershy has tears streaming down her face
  449. >“Pseudo I- I'm sorry but they- I just- and I didn't-”
  450. >Quickly shushing her you pull her to your chest again and try to calm her down
  451. >Luckily this time you're a lot more successful
  452. “Deep breaths Flutters, what's going on? You know you can tell me”
  453. >Pushing herself off her chest she looks at you and, steadying herself she indicates towards the still open door
  454. >Standing there are her usual crowd of friends, and they all look very angry, Sunset Shimmer more so than the others
  455. >Oh shit they can see you now can't they?
  456. >“You're damn right we can Grimace”
  457. >Did you say that out loud?
  458. >Also who or what is a Grimace?
  459. >Stepping forward, Sunset places herself between you and Fluttershy while the others pull her even further away
  460. >With arms crossed over her chest she lets out a snort
  461. >This girl could give a cockatrice a run for its money with the death stare she's shooting your way
  462. >Not that you can blame her
  463. >I mean sure it was necessary for the plan, and it was a little funny but it was mostly mean
  464. >You snap out of your little flashback as she clears her throat
  465. >“Pseudonymous I presume”
  466. “Ummmmm no? I'm... I'm Incognito, if you want to beat the shit out of Pseudo he's the blond one, he's normally at the park at this time of day if you hurry you might still be able to catch him”
  467. >As you spout nonsense you try to slowly back away towards the back door
  468. >Sadly your plan is stopped in its tracks as Sunset grabs your shirt before you take your third step
  469. >Tugging you forward she tries to put you at her eye level
  470. >Sadly you have to lean down about 70 odd degrees just to come to her brow level
  471. >“Don't lie to me you bastard there's no way I'd forget your face after the other night”
  472. >Well you can't blame a guy for trying
  473. >“Sunset please you don't have to be so forceful, he's very gentle”
  474. >“Fluttershy, you didn't see what he and his brothers did then he's just as bad as them and he's just as bad as the other three”
  475. >You can't help but shoot her a glare for talking about your brother's so dismissively
  476. >You even end up letting out a growl when she mentions your sisters
  477. >You must have been angrier than you thought as her grip falters slightly
  478. >Quickly reasserting herself she tightens her grip so that it's slightly more difficult to breathe
  479. >No one seems to really object, though you can see Fluttershy is struggling internally
  480. >“What are we waiting for? Let's just clobber this guy already”
  481. >Letting out an indignant puff at the Rainbow haired brute you begin to wonder why Incog didn't get with her, they have so much in common, like how you get annoyed just looking at them
  482. >“What are you puffing at big, purple and ugly?”
  483. “The fact that the one who got shot down so hilariously is the one who tries to incite my beating”
  484. >Her eyes turn to pinpricks at that and her friends pre-emptively hold her back
  485. >“You prick I ought to turn you into fish sticks”
  486. >“Girls please, there's no need for violence, can't we just sit down and talk?”
  487. >“Talk, and let him use his magic? I don't think so, we'll get him to spill whatever he's doing and then we can fix it”
  488. >You almost fail to catch that as most of your attention is directed to the shaking leaf that is your girlfriend
  489. >Turning back to your sort of captor you speak up redirecting her attention to you
  490. “I'm sorry, but spill what exactly?”
  491. >Apparently you've done something to frustrate her as you see her face literally go red
  492. >“Everything! I want you to stop fooling Fluttershy and admit to her what you are and what you've been doing”
  493. >Shooting a glance at Fluttershy you raise an eyebrow at her in hopes she'll clarify
  494. >Seemingly getting the message she detaches herself from her friends and step towards you
  495. >“Pseudo... honey, I've um I've heard that you're- well that you're- Sunset thinks that ummm”
  496. >Shooting her a small grin you give her a nod to try and encourage her
  497. >Taking a steadying breath she speaks up again
  498. >“Are you a Siren?”
  499. >There it is
  500. “Yeah, I am”
  501. >“Don't listen to him Fluttershy he's ly- wait wh- what?”
  502. “I said I'm a Siren, is that really what this was all about?”
  503. >As you look at each of them they all seem to rebooting their brains at your nonchalance
  504. >Sunset is so shocked she completely releases her grip
  505. >“No but I- but you, you're supposed to- normally villains- wait what?”
  506. >As she mumbles to herself Fluttershy steps forward taking your hand in hers
  507. >At least she isn't as stiff now
  508. >“Pseudo, honestly, why didn't you tell me?”
  509. “I didn't really think it mattered, it didn't change the fact that I love you”
  510. >She and Tree Hugger let out an awwww at that
  511. >As she embraces you, you gladly return it
  512. >As Fluttershy basically clings to you, you feel a tap on your shoulder
  513. >Looking to the side you see Tree Hugger leaning over one of the shelves towards you
  514. >“Dude are you like, really a Siren? Like fish guy Siren?”
  515. >You can't help but giggle at how relaxed this girl is
  516. “Yes, yes I did”
  517. >“Righteous, so can you like, speak to fish?”
  518. >Before you're able to correct that damned stereotype you see the others start to come to their senses
  519. >Just as they all come back to reality, Rainbow is the first to speak up, unfortunately
  520. >“Whoa whoa wait, he's a Siren Fluttershy, you know what they do”
  521. “What exactly have we been doing that's made you all do this in the first place?”
  522. >For the first time the white one speaks up, you think her name is Rarity
  523. >“You three have been most uncouth, not only have you been cooking up whatever nefarious scheme you're making, but you've also been making everyone in the school and town forget about you for nearly a year and you broke poor Rainbow Dash's heart”
  524. >The blue one moves so fast to cover Rarity's mouth that you don't even see her legs move
  525. >“Not cool Rares, seriously”
  526. >Rolling your eyes you clear your throat before they begin bickering
  527. “Just to clear up a few things, we're not doing anything 'nefarious', the whole forget thing is necessary, and the rainbow girl is Incognito's problem”
  528. >“I'm calling hogwash, ya'll can't honestly look me in the eyes and say that making people forget ya and nefairity don't go hand in hand”
  529. “That's exactly what I'm saying”
  530. >As you speak she locks eyes with you, it's sort of creepy
  531. >“Well I'll be damned, he ain't lyin'”
  532. >Sunset finally finds her voice again and speaks up
  533. >“Oh come on girls! You can't actually be falling for this? He's clearly using his magic or something, I'll- Ill prove it”
  534. >Barging forward she pushes Fluttershy aside and grasps hold of your wrists
  535. >You feel as if you're falling asleep
  536. >Suddenly memories start filling your head
  537. >The lonely nights calling to your sisters
  538. >Seeing that bastard Starswirl walking around
  539. >The dozens of ships you went through to learn about the mirror
  540. >Coming up with the plan
  541. >Learning about the new world
  542. >Using your magic a handful of times to cover Incognito's sloppy work
  543. >Fluttershy
  544. >Like, a lot of Fluttershy
  545. >Then, nearly as soon as it began you snap awake and yank yourself free
  546. >Panting heavily you grip your wrist as you look the girl up and down
  547. >You suppose you really shouldn't be surprised the ex-student of Celestia would still have so much power, even here
  548. >However you spot the actual culprit soon enough, a glowing gemstone on her necklace
  549. >Interesting, how long has Equestrian magic been leaking into this world to create crystallised mana pools?
  550. >Shaking your head you decide to leave that thought for another day as Sunset processes what she just saw
  551. >“I- I don't get it, I saw you and I saw your brothers but you were just-”
  552. “Just living student lives? Yeah”
  553. >As she seems to have an internal argument her head quickly snaps up
  554. >“No wait, I saw- I saw Starswirl? But how would he? A- And you calling to your sisters what is going on in Equestria?”
  555. >This interrogation shtick is starting to grate on your nerves
  556. “Alright yes we're looking for our sisters, I believe you're already familiar with them? They were banished here a thousand years ago by Starswirl, and I'm just as confused as you are but somehow he's back, so we decided they had to be around too. We searched, found a lead that led us here, and so now we're just trying to get them back, and yes maybe kill that decrepit bastard that did all this in the first place when we do”
  557. >They all are left stock stiff after your explanation
  558. >After taking a few deep breaths you sigh and bury your head in your hands and rub your tired eyes
  559. “Please tell me that answers your questions so you can leave?”
  560. >The purple one, Twilight something or other speaks up as she walks towards you
  561. >“Actually no, but that doesn't matter because we're not leaving, certainly not without Fluttershy, who's to say you haven't put some spell on her?”
  562. >Her tone takes an odd tone as she looks you up and down then looks up at the ceiling before twiddling her thumbs
  563. >“Of course without that magical conduit we could be convinced that you aren't a threat, I don't suppose you'd be willing to trust it with an academic?”
  564. >Despite her sweet tone and large grin you just take a hold of your belt buckle and growl at her, causing her to step back
  565. >“Actually no, I wouldn't”
  566. >Letting out a groan Sunset runs her hands down her face before clenching her fist and stepping up to you
  567. >“That thing is dangerous, if you're not gonna give it we'll just have to take it, I refuse to let another trio of you endanger this planet”
  568. >As the other girls start to size you up you reluctantly start tapping into your magic
  569. >Before either side is able to do anything Fluttershy puts herself between the two of you with her arms spread
  570. >“That. Is. ENOUGH! I have stood here and let my boyfriend, MY BOYFRIEND FOR PETE'S SAKE, take all sorts of abuse and I won't stand for it any more. Twilight, really REALLY not ok to ask my boyfriend for his belt, Rainbow I love you and I will never forgive Incognito for what he said to you, but I won't blame Pseudo for it, and Sunset, you barely seem to be able to grasp what you saw when you touched him. Unless you have proof I'm not letting you treat him like a villain anymore”
  571. >As Fluttershy takes heavy breaths you're not sure who's more shocked by her outburst, you or her friends
  572. >With how Sunset is reacting she's taking the words to heart
  573. >If she saw what you saw then she shouldn't have anything on you other than what you've already told them
  574. >She opens and closes her mouth several times but nothing comes out
  575. >Looking between the two of you she seems to fighting between shame and anger
  576. >Letting out a huff she just starts to walk away dejected
  577. >Other than Rainbow Dash shooting a glare at you and the others shooting concerned looks at Fluttershy they make their way out of the animal shelter
  578. >When the door finally shuts Fluttershy collapses to her knees letting out a long sigh
  579. >Carefully kneeling down next to her you tentatively put a hand on her shoulder
  580. >At the contact she buries her head in your chest
  581. >Not sure what to do you just rub her back to try and comfort her
  582. “You know you were fantastic right?”
  583. >Hearing some mumbling coming from her you pull her away from your chest to hear her more clearly
  584. “Sorry what was that?”
  585. >“I said, did you put a spell over me?”
  586. >You can see the seriousness in her eyes
  587. >Cupping her cheeks with your hands you bring it so your forehead is resting against hers
  588. “No. I didn't.”
  589. >Taking a deep breath she rests her head on your shoulder
  590. >“Alright then. I trust you.”
  591.  
  592. >As the door shuts behind you, the light click of it securing into the frame sounded as loud as when Celestia used to slam the throne room doors in your face when you first started to decline
  593. >That must mean you're Sunset Shimmer
  594. >As you stumble down the street you try to process what just happened
  595. >You had verbally and even physically attacked Pseudonymous, Fluttershy's boyfriend, a guy for Celestia's sake, just because he was a Siren
  596. >If this got out you'd be labelled as a guy beater, you didn't even stoop that low when you first came here, goodbye possible love life
  597. >Honestly that's the least of your fears, because you don't want to pay attention to the worst one out of shame
  598. >Fluttershy's been one of your closest friends for a year now
  599. >But you used her for your own personal gain
  600. >You said it was to stop them, but you just wanted some revenge for how those three had messed with you last night
  601. >They hadn't even done anything
  602. >She didn't even want to at first, she asked so many times, pleaded even, that you leave him be for just one day so she could confront him herself
  603. >But you dismissed her discomfort like it was nothing, used magical jargon you knew she wouldn't understand as a scare tactic
  604. >You manipulated her and used Rainbow Dash, fuelled your mutual want for revenge to pressure her into leading you to him
  605. >Why wouldn't she detest you right now
  606. >Why wouldn't any of them
  607. >The thought literally makes your stomach turn
  608. >Leaning against a nearby wall you drop your bag and dip your head down in case you actually do end up being sick
  609. >As your body is racked with shakes and sobs you feel a pair of arms embrace you
  610. >Your eyes snap open to see Rarity holding your head against her chest
  611. >You try to woman up and push yourself away but her grip is like god damn iron
  612. >It'd be scary if it weren't so comfortable
  613. >Finally stopping your pointless resistance you collapse completely into her arms and break down
  614. >As you soak both you and Rarity's clothes, you feel the gaze of the others on you
  615. >They don't seem to be going anywhere in a rush, so you just let the dam break and wait it out
  616. >You don't know how long you spent in Rarity's arms
  617. >Certainly longer than you'd like to admit
  618. >Not that it's necessarily a bad thing, it was sort of comfortable
  619. >You're glad Rainbow Dash can't read minds, she'd be calling you a dyke until the day you died if she knew you were thinking that
  620. >As you ran out of tears you wiped your eyes and finally manage to get Rarity to let you go
  621. >With a reassuring smile, you wave her off and steady your breathing
  622. >You open your mouth to say something but your words die in your throat
  623. >Seeing your struggle for words Applejack decides to break the silence
  624. >“Be real with me Sunset, what's our game plan here?”
  625. >You try to find your voice but you can't decide on what to start on
  626. >Why did this have to get so complicated?
  627. >As your anger rises you start waving your arms around in attempt to get something, anything, you can use to come to mind
  628. >But nothing does
  629. >As your anger peaks you feel your brain just fizzle out
  630. >With a huff, you slump against your bag, bury your head in your hands and murmur
  631. >“Beggin' your pardon Sunset?”
  632. “I said there is no game plan Applejack”
  633. >The girls exchange worried looks as you let out a defeated sigh
  634. >Not that you can blame them
  635. >You're up against a potentially dangerous enemy that might not even be an enemy to begin with
  636. >As you run a hand through your hair Twilight takes a seat next to you
  637. >“Don't worry Sunset, I'm sure we'll come up with something, we always do. I reckon if I could just get my hands on one of those conduits I could make some sort of... of destabilizing countermeasure-”
  638. “Twilight don't you get it!? We have no game plan because we can't do anything to begin with!”
  639. >“Sunset dear, I can understand you're shaken but I'm sure if you take a breather you'll be back to your old self. We're not out of this fight just yet”
  640. >As a resounding approval rings through your group you let out an exasperated groan
  641. >Before you're able to snap at them, Rainbow does it for you
  642. >“OH FOR PETE'S SAKE! Don't you guys get it? Sure they're a threat but at best they're a trio of boring, loner, average students, at worst they're jerks sure, but, incase you haven't noticed, THEY HAVEN'T EVEN DONE ANYTHING!”
  643. >As Rainbow took in deep breaths to calm herself down from her rant a depressed silence comes over the six of you
  644. >“I suppose I might have gotten into that gung-ho spirit a tad too much. Pseudo really didn't deserve half of what I accused him of did he?”
  645. >“Don't go taking all the blame there, I reckon we all got into the spirit Rares. We all treated that fella so poorly, I feel just rotten puttin' Shy through all that, just wasn't proper”
  646. >The mention of Fluttershy makes you feel the bile build in your stomach again
  647. >“I honestly don't know what came over us, I was so sure in it all, I was ready to use any number of the tricks we've learnt to apprehend him without a second thought”
  648. >You feel Twilight shift away from you to join in the conversation and you can't help but curl up further into yourself
  649. >“I don't think that's it Rarity, from the stories you girls have told me you've barely had a break. First Sunset and the Fall Formal, the Sirens at the Battle of the Bands, Me at the Friendship Games, Camp Everfree, not to mention all the smaller bits of magic we've seen crop up. Honestly I'm surprised you haven't collapsed yet”
  650. >“So what then? A few hectic days and we deem ourselves judge, jury and executioner?”
  651. >Rarity almost sounds more defeated than you feel
  652. >“Come on girls, this is no way to act, sure those meanies have got us down, but now we know they aren't actually meanies, that's a good thing.”
  653. >Finally snapping out of your funk you press your hand against your bag and feel a familiar bump
  654. >“Oh come now Pinkie Pie, what does that have to do with our current predicament?”
  655. “Actually, Pinkie's right”
  656. >“See Rarity? I'm right. Wait. I'm right?”
  657. >Rising to your feet, you manage to get everyone's attention
  658. “It's like Pinkie and Rainbow said, they're mean but they aren't cruel, the Dazzlings used there magic to turn the school into a fight pit, but these three... they just want to be left alone, they just want their sisters back. Pseudo, seemingly, means no harm, but what if we can make the other two the same way?”
  659. >The looks of confusion are replaced with realisation as you pull out your old journal
  660. “If there's one thing Princess Twilight taught me, it's that everyone deserves a second chance, I think we should give them theres”
  661. >That seems to relight the fire in your friends' eyes
  662. >With a unanimous cheer you're ready to make things right
  663. >Hopefully you'll be able to prove your prejudice wrong in the process
  664. “I'm gonna get in contact with the Princess, Rainbow I need you to find Fluttershy and try to convince her to give us another chance”
  665. >“On it”
  666. >With a salute Rainbow uses her magic to speed off back to the shelter
  667. >Turning to the others you're sort of disappointed with what comes next with how excited they all look
  668. “Sorry girls, I'll get in touch with you the minute I'm done talking with the princess but for now there isn't really much else we can do”
  669. >Though they all slump their shoulders they quickly perk up again
  670. >Rarity steps forward and places a hand on your chest and lets out a hearty giggle
  671. >“Nonsense Sunset, I'm sure I can come up with an updated ensemble for those three, men are nothing if not weak for high quality clothing on offer”
  672. >As she waves her hand and takes off towards her boutique in a brisk walk you could have sworn you saw her speed up as she rounded the corner
  673. >As soon as Rarity started heading back Pinkie began bouncing around in her usual way
  674. >No surprise she'd be excited at turning not one, not two, but three potential villains into friends
  675. >“Well all that assemble stuff won't hold a candle to what I have planned. After all, no guy can resist my Triple Decker Deluxe Cupcakes. I bet Pseudo will especially love them, sweeties love sweeties afterall”
  676. >Applejack manages to finally get her to hold still by placing a hand on her shoulder
  677. >“Slow down there Pinkie, what a fella loves and what he needs are two very different things, and those three need some meat on there bones, and a handful of some Apple Family Brand Hospitality is just what the doctor ordered”
  678. >As the two swap baking tips you feel a tap on your shoulder
  679. >Turning around you come face to face with a very nervous Twilight
  680. “Hey, what's up? You look a little pale”
  681. >“Oh it's nothing really, I just sort of realised that I'm the only one in the group who doesn't have experience with Siren magic. I was just wondering if that might make me more susceptible to their magic?”
  682. >You hadn't actually thought of that, and it was cause for concern, whether you wanted to make peace or not, as there was no telling if they would
  683. >“That's not a bad point actually, but don't worry about that, we've got your back on this alright?”
  684. >She gives a few shaky nods but manages to steady herself with some deep breaths
  685. >“You're right, and I know that of course, but I think I'm gonna see what I can find out about Sirens, try to put this in a frame of reference I can understand”
  686. >She looks up at you nervously but you just give her a reassuring smile
  687. >It manages to perk her up as she quickly embraces you before rushing off towards her home
  688. >You start to feel your old confidence returning and, while securing your bag, you head off to contact the princess
  689. >Eventually finding yourself coming to a stop at the park, you breathe a sigh of relief as you spot no sign of Incognito
  690. >Taking a seat on a nearby bench you pull out your journal and pen
  691. -”Hey Twilight, do you have a minute?”-
  692. >As the words fade you tap your pen on the book as you wonder how you're gonna phrase this
  693. >As the minutes drag on you begin to get anxious
  694. >Is she asleep?
  695. >Is she away?
  696. >Is she on another bookathon?
  697. >You breathe a sigh of relief as you see her familiar style phase onto the book
  698. >-“Sunset! It's so good to hear from you again. How's it been over there?”-
  699. >Before you're able to write, another message appears, clearly written hastily to get in before you could
  700. >-“Wait, hold that thought. You'll never guess who just got brought back to Equestria”-
  701. >You can almost feel the fangirl coming off her from here
  702. >Whilst you hesitate it would be the best way to confirm what you saw earlier
  703. -“Starswirl the Bearded?”-
  704. >For a while after that, the book stays silent
  705. >Eventually her reply slowly crawls onto the page
  706. >-“Yes, actually. He and five other legendary ponies to be precise. But how did you know, or was that just a guess? Because it really did happen”-
  707. >Chuckling to yourself you can't help but imagine Twilight trying to draw you a picture of the unicorn due to lack of phones over there
  708. -“Don't worry Twilight, I believe you. Actually, he was part of the reason I'm writing to you. Three new Sirens have shown up here, the brothers of Sonata, Aria and Adagio actually. They want to get their sisters back to get revenge on Starswirl. But the problem is that... well they aren't villains, one of them is dating Fluttershy even and I couldn't see any sign of her being under a spell. So I sort of wanted to try and befriend them, but I'm still sort of new to this and hoped you might have some pointers?”-
  709. >You're surprised at how quickly she replies but you soon see that's it's just her writing down a million questions at once that just end up overlapping each other
  710. >When the book finally quiets down you're left with a much simpler message
  711. >-“If I can be honest Sunset, that's unsettling, them wanting revenge on Starswirl, even after all these years, is quite believable, Sirens are especially long lived creatures, it might have seemed like just yesterday that their sisters were taken from them honestly”-
  712. >Wow, when she puts it like that you can almost see where all their anger is coming from
  713. >You're drawn out of your reverie as the message shifts again
  714. >-“But I'm immensely proud that, despite that, you're willing to give them a chance, you really have come a long way. Student.”-
  715. >You can't help but chuckle at that, you both find your relationship amusing with the age difference
  716. >-“Though I am sorry to say that I don't have much else but that to offer. The only information I've gotten on Sirens was first hand during the Battle of the Bands. All you can use is the lessons you've learned with the girls over there. But don't worry I know you'll do great”-
  717. >You feel a few tears well up in your eyes as you can't stop the smile growing on your face
  718. >After today you really needed this to set you back on the right path
  719. >Writing a quick thanks and goodbye you see the book vibrate just as you're about to seal up your bag
  720. >Cracking it open one more time you spot yet another question from Twilight.
  721. >-“Now that I think about it, how exactly did they get over there?”-
  722. >You can definitely feel the trepidation in the question
  723. >Reckoning you might as well rip the band-aid off you write down how they got into her castle in as much detail as you can recall from Pseudo's mind
  724. >After a solid ten minutes you write her a few one word messages to make sure the book's still working
  725. >-“Hey Sunset, Spike here, Twilight's busy banging her head against the table, would you like to leave a message?”-
  726. >You can't stop the laughter from bubbling up at that mental image
  727. >With one last farewell message you put the journal down as you get ready to head home, until you get a message, on your phone this time
  728. >Opening up the group chat you see a number of messages regarding your part of the plan
  729. >-“Hey Sunset, we got a mission from the Princess?”-
  730. -“Not quite Rainbow Dash, she's trusting us to sort this out ourselves”-
  731. >-“Damn, well can we call it a mission from the princess anyway?”-
  732. -“Well, sure I guess, but why exactly?”-
  733. >-“Because 'Deployed On a Mission from Foreign Royalty' sounds way cooler than 'Dealing with our own problems'”
  734. >You can't help but roll your eyes at Rainbows attempts at grandeur
  735. -“Sure, Rainbow, we're hereby on a mission from royalty”-
  736. >-“Awesome, I'm totally like one of those super spies”
  737. >-“OH OH, I WANNA PLAY SUPER SPIES, CAN I BE Q? SHE ALWAYS HAS THE FUN STUFF”
  738. >-“What? Pinkie if anything I'd be Q, not that I'd want to be, most of those gadgets are ridiculous”
  739. >-“Not to mention a tad bland, while I see the allure of the sophistication and thrill of espionage, would it kill them to put a bit of style into their craft?”
  740. >As the conversation begins to veer off course you just laugh to yourself before putting your phone away and heading home
  741.  
  742. >This doesn't make any sense
  743. >You did everything right
  744. >You three performed the spell perfectly
  745. >You spent months practising with them and observing her over your time here
  746. >There was no way she could have pre-emptively put up a protection charm, she was under the spell of ignorance like every other human in this backwater town
  747. >You are Anonymous, and you want answers, and you want them now
  748. >You go over the notes you've made in your journal for what feels like the thousandth time
  749. >All made to help you overcome the biggest hurdle in your way
  750. >Sunset Shimmer
  751. >Her history, her magical capacity, from her pony past to the current day
  752. >It's all here and you thought you knew enough to act
  753. >Clearly though, you were wrong, you were so very wrong
  754. >You and your brothers recently tried to break down her resistance to your magic
  755. >The song you played, and the mental invasion spell you used should have worked
  756. >You calculated how much magic power would be needed to the decimal point
  757. >But then you went and used double that to take into account the limit of her magical parameters
  758. >Her experience siphoning Equestrian magic through her non-magical body
  759. >The fact she was taught by Celestia
  760. >The magic reserves she can tap into with those damn friends of hers
  761. >You took everything into account
  762. >But it still wasn't enough
  763. >Taking hold of your desk you try to calm yourself but that damn face of hers keeps mocking you
  764. >When you found her walking to school alone this morning, you thought you hit the jackpot
  765. >You were tempted to toy with her, try and keep the whole student facade up
  766. >But smelling all that fear on her was just too amusing
  767. >The previous student of Celestia, brought so low by a simple mind spell
  768. >Though you suppose you should count your blessings
  769. >You had heard how she acted before that other Equestrian came here
  770. >If you had come through here at that time, she might have been harder to break
  771. >But she insisted on confronting you
  772. >She thought she had you, flaunting her knowledge of you and your brothers
  773. >She was oh so confident until you started to tap into your magic
  774. >You reinforced your aura causing her to falter and back up
  775. >You laced your words with mesmerising magic
  776. >All the nearby people encouraging it was just icing on the cake
  777. >It was almost adorable to watch her resistance ebb away
  778. >You taunted her and her friends, you could feel her giving in despite her anger
  779. >But as soon as you mentioned that Fluttershy girl it all went wrong
  780. >Her magic flared past anything you could have calculated
  781. >She shoved you aside like you were a fly, and fled to her friend's side without a second of hesitation
  782. >You tried probing her throughout the day
  783. >Being her partner for a project was the perfect cover
  784. >But your magic couldn't touch her
  785. >It's as if the mind spell was never cast to begin with
  786. >It just didn't make sense
  787. >With a sickening crunch you tore away a chunk of your desk and ground it in your hand
  788. >Sweeping your hand across your desk you scatter your research across the floor
  789. >It's all worthless now anyway
  790. >With the impression you left on her you aren't anywhere near strong enough to make her forget you
  791. >You were so close too
  792. >Pulling up a chair, you feel your anger replaced with despair as you slump down and let your head slam into the desk
  793. >Sure you might be able to find your sisters
  794. >Give or take a few years
  795. >But you won't have anything to show for it
  796. >They'll destroy your conduits just like they did to your sisters' before you
  797. >You've still got Fluttershy under Pseudo's spell but that still leaves them with six magic users
  798. >The idea of that antiquated unicorn going unpunished for what he did makes you sick to your stomach
  799. >Your ears perk up at the sound of the lock to your apartment coming undone
  800. >Weird, you don't know this magic's scent
  801. >It's almost pungent with how it permeates the air
  802. >It sounds like just one person by the walking pattern
  803. >Wait, that magic
  804. >Your eyes widen as you feel your anger start to rise again
  805. >That red haired bitch thinks she can take you just because you couldn't hypnotise her?
  806. >You knew you should have just killed her when you got the chance
  807. >If she wants a magic battle, she'll get one
  808. >Clinging to the ceiling you tuck yourself into the corner
  809. >A small ignorance barrier will do for this
  810. >She'll only be affected for two seconds but you could do this with one
  811. >As the door creaks open you pounce
  812. >Slamming into her, you hold her by her neck and raise your other to strike
  813. >“Anonymous you fucking overgrown trout get the hell off me!”
  814. >You snap out of your instincts and see none other than Incognito
  815. >Now you just have more questions
  816. >Standing up you brush yourself off before inspecting Incognito
  817. >“You gonna stand there gawking or are you gonna help me up!?”
  818. >Scowling at you, he holds his hand out to you
  819. >After giving him a quick scan and taking in his scent again a scowl of your own grows on your face
  820. >He slowly retracts his hand as worry overtakes him
  821. >Just as he starts to back up you grab him by his collar and spin him around, slamming him into a wall
  822. >Dazed and clearly scared he shakes his head and tries to pry your arm off
  823. >As you're about to interrogate him the door unlocks again
  824. >Good, at least Pseudo is competent company
  825. >“Hey guys I'm... home? Incognito what did you do?”
  826. >“I could ask the same thing, he's gone and snapped or something. This maniac just up and attacked me when I came in”
  827. >His squirming reminds you of when you were young and still fought for who would lead you three
  828. >Weak then, weak now
  829. >You're brought out of your trip down memory lane as you feel Pseudo's hand on your shoulder
  830. >Snapping your head to face him he holds up an appeasing hand
  831. >“Easy Anonymous, what'd he do this time?”
  832. >Facepalming you wave your hand up and down Incognito
  833. “Smell him, then you tell me”
  834. >Pseudo closes his eyes as his conduit starts to glow
  835. >Opening his eyes he lets out a sigh and crosses his arm
  836. >“You wasted the last of your magic, didn't you Incog?”
  837. >He looks between the two of you as he processes the question
  838. >With a new burst of anger he starts flailing again
  839. >“THAT'S WHY YOU ATTACKED ME YOU GOD DAMN MANIAC? BECAUSE I RAN OUT OF SOME STUPID MAGIC?!”
  840. >With Incog's and Pseudo's shared inability to process what's going on, on top of everything else that's happened today, you have officially had enough
  841. >Bringing a hand across Incog's face, his head is forced to the side so quickly that he ends up leaving an indent in the wall
  842. >The room falls silent at that
  843. >This was the first time since you came here that you used your magic to strike Incog
  844. >Holding his cheek your brother seems to have gone from scared to terrified
  845. >Bringing your face to his you drop your voice to a whisper
  846. “You betrayed us, didn't you?”
  847. >His face turns to shock at this and he holds his hands up
  848. >“Whoa, whoa Anon, I didn't do anything like that I swear”
  849. >Pushing him deeper into the wall he lets out a few grunts but generally tries to hold a straight face
  850. “It's not that you're out of magic, it's the fact that you reek of the magic of Sunset Shimmer, and that princess who's castle we invaded. What Incog, did you get cold feet, decide to sell us out?”
  851. >Pseudo seems especially shocked at this, inhaling deeply a look of realisation comes over his face
  852. >Took him long enough
  853. >You turn your attention back to Incog as he starts to gasp for air
  854. >You're tempted to just start tying up loose ends and bail on this town and try again, but he is your brother, maybe he has one last amusingly pathetic excuse
  855. >Releasing him, he falls to the floor, coughing and wheezing as he rubs his neck
  856. “You have one minute to explain”
  857. >Quickly coming to attention, he grabs his bag and starts rummaging through it
  858. >Finally pulling out a dusty old tome he holds it out to you
  859. >Quirking an eyebrow you grab it and start flicking through it
  860. >You begin to wonder if this is a poor attempt at one last prank as each page is blank
  861. >However as you flick through them you realise something
  862. >This is the source of that overpowering stench of magic
  863. >Flipping to the cover you see a red and yellow sun
  864. >A two-way messaging journal?
  865. >Inspecting it further you're delighted to find the ever so faint scent of none other than Celestia herself coming off this
  866. >You can't stop the smile spreading across your face
  867. >Equestrian magic, straight from the tap
  868. >Letting out a hearty laugh you throw the journal into Incog's lap and offer him a hand
  869. >Hesitantly taking it, he steadily gets to his feet
  870. >Pulling out a chair you settle down, shooting him an approving smile as you do
  871. “This had better come with a good story Incog”
  872. >Reclining into the chair, he and Pseudo pull up a chair as well
  873. >Still reeling from your assault, he nervously taps his fingers together before steadying himself
  874. >“Alright, so, we all know I had about a week of magic left. Buuuuuut, I also knew neither of you would give me your magic, so I thought 'if I only have so much magic left, I may as well use it to actually have some fun'. So I went to the park as usual and used all of it so I couldn't be seen by the people there. Apparently I had more than I thought because, after I scared everyone into running away, that Shimmer girl stopped by and she didn't notice me either”
  875. >You take a mental note of that, maybe you'd have use for those notes after all
  876. >Though it isn't his strong suit, you should be able to get Incog to actually use his brain and get you some details on the spell he used
  877. >“Either way she pulled out this journal and started scribbling away, I thought it would be an embarrassing diary I could use to humiliate her but, well I was wrong. Anyway she had put it down on a table and started chatting to her friends on her phone. So I grabbed it and got out of there, she might not have noticed it missing for the first few minutes but I'm willing to bet she's tearing apart the town to find it right about now.”
  878. >Seems he isn't as worthless as you thought he was
  879. >Caressing the book slightly your brain starts coming up with new plans quicker than you can process them
  880. >Sliding it back to Incog, he grabs it and looks at you curiously
  881. “Feed”
  882. >This doesn't seem to clarify anything to him
  883. >You'd be annoyed if he hadn't done so well today
  884. >Clearing your throat you start to clarify
  885. “You got it, and you need to refuel, so feed”
  886. >Thankfully that was obvious enough for him to understand
  887. >Getting up he makes his way to his room to gorge
  888. >“Don't take too long, we don't want to alert the princess to the fact we have it”
  889. >He simply gives a thumbs up in acknowledgement
  890. >As you get up to start writing new plans you're stopped by Pseudo
  891. >“Anon, I was actually hoping to talk to you about something too”
  892. >Sitting down again, you indicate for him to continue
  893. >“It's actually about that Sunset Shimmer girl as well. Her and her friends actually confronted me today at the Animal Shelter”
  894. >You were in such a good mood too
  895. >You suppose it was a tactically sound move
  896. >You should have expected it, maybe come up with an escape plan for him
  897. >Clearly seeing your agitation Pseudo speaks up again
  898. >“It isn't anything to worry about, Fluttershy stood up for me, and it got sorted”
  899. >Breathing a sigh of relief you start to relax again
  900. >You can't help but joyfully grin as you lean towards Pseudo
  901. “You see? That spell really works wonders huh?”
  902. >“Yeah... the spell”
  903. >He must still be shaken from it, you know that you would have been unnerved in that situation
  904. “Alright, so what happened?”
  905. >He rubs his neck nervously, trying to avoid your gaze
  906. >“Well the thing is, a while after they left, one of them came back and said that Sunset wanted to 'try and make up for it'”
  907. >Getting to call in a favour could certainly be useful
  908. >“By trying to be friends with us”
  909. >Not the sort of favour you were thinking of
  910. >Your first instinct is to dismiss this and get back to planning but you quickly stop yourself
  911. >What that Shimmer girl did today has been niggling away at the back of your mind today
  912. >Maybe it would be advantageous to try and get more info on her
  913. >You might be able to figure out how to bypass her natural defences too if you're lucky
  914. “Alright Pseudo, let's 'befriend' them”
  915. >You feel a wicked grin spread across your face at the prospect of your plan going back into action
  916. >You can't screw this chance up
  917. >He perks up at this, hopping to his feet
  918. >“That's great, I'll let Fluttershy know, I'm sure they'll want to meet soon”
  919. >He makes his way to his room with a skip in his step
  920. >You probably won't be seeing him until morning, once he's on his phone with his girlfriend it's nearly impossible to get him off it
  921. >Oh well, let him have his fun
  922. >Getting up yourself, you make your way back into your room
  923. >Opening the door, you only now realise how much of a number you did on it
  924. >Realigning the desk you start the tedious task of picking up and sorting your notes
  925. >As you sort through them you spot a grey lump poking out from the bottom
  926. >Clearing the notes you pick up the object only for your breath to hitch in your throat
  927. >Looking back at you is a stone that came from the walls of your home cave
  928. >Sonata had used it draw a picture of your family
  929. >The three of you, your sisters and your parents
  930. >Better times, long since passed
  931. >Swallowing the lump of your throat you can't stop the burning feeling of tears running down your face
  932. >For a thousand years, they've been lost here
  933. >But you nearly went and screwed it up
  934. >Pressing your head against the stone you let a few tears fall to it
  935. “Hold on just a bit longer girls, we're coming”
  936. >Putting the stone on your desk you sort through the rest of your notes and start writing up new plans
  937. >As the morning sun creeps in through your blinds you're tempted to cuss out Celestia
  938. >But then you remember that this world's sun isn't controlled by magic
  939. >This place is so barbaric with it's lack of magic
  940. >You slowly lift your head from the ever so comfortable desk you left it on as you wipe the sleep out of your eyes
  941. >As you become more coherent you feel something stuck to your face
  942. >Peeling off the offending object you see your latest plan, half-finished and barely legible
  943. >Maybe Pseudo's right, you do need to stop plotting at midnight
  944. >Crumpling the drool soaked paper in your hands you throw it in the trash and stretch the ache from your joints
  945. >With a number of resounding pops you let out a contented sigh
  946. >Picking yourself up you check the time
  947. >6am
  948. >Also known as too damn early
  949. >With nothing else to blame you cuss out Celestia, slightly hoping she can hear you from Equestria
  950. >You drag your groggy body to the bathroom and relieve yourself
  951. >After that you turn on the shower to wash off yesterday's grime
  952. >You tap into a small amount of your magic to turn patches of your body into scales from your Siren form
  953. >Water always feels better on scales
  954. >Sadly self-transfiguration spells have always been a major drain on magic, and whilst you do have the journal Incog brought in, you'd rather not risk running dry
  955. >Begrudgingly you let your body revert back to the normal state you found yourself in after crossing the portal
  956. >Finishing up in the shower you go about the rest of your morning routine
  957. >Finally having everything ready for another day as a student you lean against your kitchen's counter, an ice cold glass of water in hand
  958. >You never understood how human's could enjoy that coffee stuff they fuss over, far too bitter and far too hot
  959. >As you watch the clock count down the seconds before you have to leave, you reminisce on what Pseudo spoke to you about yesterday
  960. >Becoming friends with the girls who destroyed your sister's conduits
  961. >It makes you nearly shatter the glass in your hands
  962. >Luckily you get yourself under control before you hurt yourself
  963. >It's just to get information on those girls and further your own goals
  964. >Nothing more
  965. >Finishing off your glass you drop it in the sink as you hear the creak of another bedroom door open
  966. >Looking nearly twice as bad as you, your idiot brother stumbles his way to the table
  967. >Half his hair is plastered over the side of his face and he can barely keep one eye open
  968. >“Food”
  969. >His voice is rough and drowsy even after he clears his throat a few times
  970. >Normally you'd berate him for practically ordering you around but it's not like you're gonna go hungry
  971. >You hate to admit it, but that journal could become a critical part of your plan
  972. >Not that you'll ever tell him that
  973. >You refuse to give him that much satisfaction
  974. >Grabbing a bowl, some cereal and milk you place it in front of him so he can serve himself
  975. >You're grateful, but you're not his butler
  976. “I'm gonna head to school now Incog, try not to get another detention, it'd be best if you don't get expelled because of your incompetence”
  977. >An affirming grunt is the only reply you get
  978. >Shaking your head and sighing you start making your way out
  979. >You stop as you hear the last bedroom door open
  980. >A blur of purple speeds past you and Incog
  981. >The front door is wrenched open and the blur is gone as quickly as it appeared
  982. >You think you heard it say “something something late something Fluttershy”
  983. >Looking over to Incog to see if he heard any clearer you see him lazily eating mouthful after mouthful of cereal
  984. >You'll just talk to Pseudo later
  985. >Quickly making your way outside you clasp your hands together as another realisation hits you
  986. >The week's end is coming
  987. >Two full days of uninterrupted planning
  988. >Though any planning will be useless without anymore information
  989. >Perhaps you could convince Sunset to spend time with you over it
  990. >No that'd be too suspicious
  991. >She'll probably keep you at arm's length for a few months
  992. >That is if you're able to come to a compromise on this whole 'friendship' thing
  993. >“Oh you have got to be kidding me”
  994. >Hearing a voice ahead of you snaps you out of your thoughts
  995. >Before you, like the day before, is Sunset Shimmer
  996. >Although you feel a lot less lucky then you did last time
  997. >Though you do feel just as confident with the state she's in
  998. >The bags under her bloodshot eyes and her mess of hair are clear indicators to a lack of sleep
  999. >She also hasn't taken up the usual stiff stance she had during your previous encounters
  1000. >Instead her body is sagging and she looks close to collapsing
  1001. >You hope that, in her sleep addled mind, you can slip past her
  1002. >As you try to make your way around her she deftly turns and follows besides you despite the state she's in
  1003. >The silence is surprisingly comfortable, all things considered
  1004. >After a while she lets out a mighty yawn, nearly stumbling into you in the process
  1005. >“Well?”
  1006. >Looking at her through the corner of your eyes you raise and eyebrow
  1007. “Well what?”
  1008. >She takes a while to process your words, her eyes closing and opening one at a time as she does
  1009. >“I assume Pseudo told you about yesterday?”
  1010. >You tsk slightly at her sarcastic tone
  1011. >You can see a smug grin tug at her mouth before it's overtaken by yet another yawn
  1012. “Well then I would have to assume Fluttershy's still talking to you then”
  1013. >She squints her eyes at you slowly
  1014. >Having drawn her in you lean towards her
  1015. “You know, because you assaulted her boyfriend yesterday”
  1016. >It's your turn to smile smugly
  1017. >Though her reaction isn't what you expected
  1018. >Rather than the back and forth you had yesterday she just drops her head and sighs
  1019. >“Yeah that was... that wasn't cool. Your brother really didn't deserve that”
  1020. >You take a few cautionary steps away from her in case she's trying to bait you in like you just did
  1021. >Seeing your hesitation she throws up her hands in mock surrender
  1022. >“Don't worry I'm over it I just... I had a bad experience with your sisters”
  1023. >After mentioning them she quickly smacks her head with her hands and waves her hand at you
  1024. >“Sorry, sorry, that's probably a sore subject. Damn it I'm tired. It's just... I let my experience with them determine how to react to you three and that was wrong.”
  1025. >She nervously fiddles with the straps of her bags and seems to relax as you do
  1026. >She probably just doesn't want you letting word of her assaulting your brother out
  1027. >But maybe she actually regrets what she did
  1028. >Ponies and humans will forever be a mystery to you
  1029. >When she finally settles down she holds out a hand to you
  1030. >As you look between it and her she speaks up again
  1031. >“Truce? For now at least?”
  1032. >With a grunt you roughly take her hand in yours and shake it
  1033. >You must have shaken it harder than you thought because she looks more awake now than before
  1034. >Her state reminds you of last night
  1035. >It would probably be best to try and get her off your trail
  1036. “So why exactly does it look like you're about to collapse with every step?”
  1037. >“Oh, you noticed huh?”
  1038. >She gives you an embarrassed look and you simply point to your hair
  1039. >Getting the message she runs a hand through her own, only just now realising how messy it is
  1040. >“Aw crap, yeah I guess that does make it obvious huh? I was looking for... something all night”
  1041. >You lean in and roll your hand, indicating for her to continue
  1042. >She looks away from you and puts on a thoughtful look, trying to figure out how to put her next words
  1043. >“It was a book, a really important book. It was given to me by... by Princess Celestia. I assume you must have heard about her? It has a certain insignia on it, helps it standout”
  1044. “I've heard her briefly mentioned by ponies in the past, I didn't really care to learn much though. Though if you want, we could help you find it. As part of the truce?”
  1045. >For the first time since you've met her she laughs
  1046. >It's a genuine laugh, as if she just heard the funniest thing
  1047. >It's less grading on your ears than you would have expected
  1048. >When she finally stops she sees your unimpressed face and turns slightly red
  1049. >“Sorry, I wasn't laughing at you, but I don't know if I can trust you with a source of Equestrian magic juuuuust yet”
  1050. >You shrug your shoulders at this, confident that you've thrown her off, though you doubt you've rid her of all her suspicion
  1051. >She uses that as a segway to ask about your own magic
  1052. >You decide to humour her but make sure to steer clear of anything she could use to counter it
  1053. >For a while you go back and forth, comparing the difference in how magic is casted by your two species
  1054. >Is this friendship?
  1055. >It's boring if that's the case
  1056. >When you finally reach the school you're stopped outside it by Sunset
  1057. >“I just remembered you never answered my question earlier. Fluttershy did get in touch with me but... I just want to be sure”
  1058. >You let out a long sigh as you go over whatever options you're left with
  1059. >Though you are slightly irked that you can't come up with anything better than what she's offering, you can't deny its advantages
  1060. >As you look at her again you are shoved to the side by a panicked looking Incognito
  1061. >“HiyaRedhiAnoncan'ttalkPseudo'sgonnakillme”
  1062. >Sharing a perplexed look with Sunset you're attention is drawn to something that's slowly growing louder
  1063. >Looking up you see a very angry Pseudo charging towards the doors, his hoodie flapping limply behind him
  1064. >You open them so he doesn't shatter the glass and hurt himself
  1065. >He doesn't even stop to look at you
  1066. >Looking behind him, you see a sniffling and very wet Fluttershy
  1067. >Seeing this Sunset immediately goes to comfort her friend
  1068. >Listening in you learn that Incog had ambushed Pseudo and Fluttershy on their way to school
  1069. >Though he miscalculated and ended up shoving Fluttershy into a fountain rather than Pseudo
  1070. >You facepalm and slowly drag your hand down your face, letting out an exasperated groan
  1071. >Sunset looks between you, Fluttershy and the school
  1072. >Getting a rough idea of what's she trying to indicate you hold up a hand
  1073. “You deal with her, I'm gonna go bash their heads together. Just meet us at lunch or something”
  1074. >As the doors swing closed behind you, you can't help but let out an irritated groan again
  1075. >Dealing with this sort of bullshit was more Adagio's speciality
  1076. >She didn't even need to get half as physical as you do to assert herself
  1077. >Even when it came to Aria
  1078. >As your mind wanders to memories of your times when you were still together your ears perk up at the sound of crashing and screams
  1079. >At least these two make it easy
  1080.  
  1081. >You're currently hurrying Fluttershy down the halls of Canterlot High to the girl's toilets
  1082. >That must mean you're Sunset Shimmer
  1083. >As you finally arrive she calms down significantly
  1084. >You grab some paper towels in the hope of soaking up some of the water that's drenched her clothes
  1085. >As she continues the clearly vain effort you pull out your phone to text the girls
  1086. >You give them a rundown on the situation and hope that Rarity has some spare clothes she can lend Fluttershy
  1087. >You're surprised to find Rainbow saying she has some spare clothes
  1088. >In Fluttershy's size as well
  1089. >Before you're able to wrap your head around that, a rainbow blur leaves you spinning
  1090. >When your eyes finally refocus, you see Rainbow holding a near identical set of Fluttershy's clothes out to her
  1091. >Before you're able to get a word in, Rainbow turns to you and chuckles nervously
  1092. >“This uh... this isn't the first time it's happened”
  1093. >As Fluttershy begins to change clothes you go to speak again only to be cut off by her
  1094. >“If it's alright with you, could you please not ask?”
  1095. >She gives you a small pleading smile
  1096. >The fact that Rainbow does the same makes you want to ask more
  1097. >But you decide it'd be best to just swallow your curiosity this time
  1098. >“Alright so now that, that's been dealt with. Where's Incognito? I'm gonna pummel him”
  1099. >As Rainbow slams her fist into her hand you grab hold of her shoulder to keep her grounded
  1100. “Slow down Rainbow, you can't just go and beat up guys, besides Incognito didn't even mean to get Fluttershy. Plus we are still trying to befriend them, remember?”
  1101. >She visibly sags at this, grumbling to herself as she grabs Fluttershy's wet clothes and puts them in her bag
  1102. >You guess that the animals in Fluttershy's bag wouldn't appreciate the wet clothing much
  1103. >With Fluttershy now clothed and no longer shivering the three of you head to your first class of the day
  1104. >“So how is this whole 'friendship' thing gonna work Sunset? We've already got Fluttershy covering Pseudo but who's gonna watch Anon and Incognito? Ugh we're not gonna have to draw straws are we? I always have the worst luck with those”
  1105. >You quirk an eyebrow at Rainbow and you see that even Fluttershy is just as confused
  1106. “What do you mean by 'watch them' exactly Rainbow?”
  1107. >She hangs her head back and lets out a groan
  1108. >“Oh come on Sunset, none of them are here, we gotta keep an eye on them to make sure they don't do anything evil right?”
  1109. “What? No, Rainbow what we're trying to do is... ok so yes we are trying to stop them from doing evil sure. But not by keeping them under surveillance, we're gonna honestly befriend them”
  1110. >You can almost hear her jaw hit the floor
  1111. >“Are you serious? I don't want to befriend those weirdos, they're like the opposite of cool”
  1112. >You let out a small sigh at that
  1113. >Despite their enthusiasm you doubt that the others have lost their prejudices either
  1114. >You hear a squeak to the side and look to see Fluttershy holding her hand just above Rainbow's shoulder
  1115. >“Dash, I know that we've had some bad experiences with Sirens in the past. Some horrifyingly terrible experiences, but these three are different. Or at least Pseudo is, I'm sure if you spent some time with him you'd see that too”
  1116. >Rainbow waves Fluttershy's hand off with a puff
  1117. >Just as quick Fluttershy takes a hold of Rainbow's hand and puts on her best puppy dog eyes
  1118. >“Please Dash, just one shot, for me?”
  1119. >Rainbow goes to wrench her hand free but hesitates, seemingly having an internal debate
  1120. >“Jeez alright fine, I'll give him one chance. But that's all he's getting, all right?”
  1121. >Fluttershy let's out a squee and bounces on her feet a bit
  1122. >“You won't regret it Dash, I guarantee”
  1123. >“Yeah, yeah, just cool it with the squees alright?”
  1124. >With an affirmative hum Fluttershy goes back to plainly walking besides you two, though now she has a notable pep in her step
  1125. >As the three of you finally make it to your class you slump into your desk, the exhaustion from last night finally hitting you
  1126. >You try resting your head on your desk and closing your eyes to no avail
  1127. >You're far too uncomfortable to fall asleep and when you do the teacher immediately wakes you up again
  1128. >You pass a few notes between the three of you to help you keep yourself awake but it isn't doing much to help
  1129. >When the class is finally dismissed you can't get up from your desk any slower
  1130. >Maybe you should just skip school for the day and go home
  1131. >No, you still have to talk to Anonymous and the others first
  1132. >You try rubbing the sleep out of your eyes but that doesn't help either
  1133. >As you stumble into the next room your eyes scan across the class until they land on Rarity
  1134. >You give her a small wave as you make your way over which she returns before doing a double take
  1135. >As you sit down besides her she opens and closes her mouth several times as she looks over your dishevelled form
  1136. >Sputtering slightly she finally finds her voice
  1137. >“Darling you look absolutely dreadful, what happened?”
  1138. “Oh it's nothing Rarity, I was just looking for the journal all night”
  1139. >As you say this she slowly starts to run her hands through your hair in an attempt to salvage it
  1140. >“Oh goodness, don't tell me you've lost it”
  1141. >The thought leaves a pit in your stomach, your one connection to home
  1142. >As you lay your head in your arms, Rarity's stroking of your hair starts to be more comforting rather than an attempt to fix it
  1143. >“Don't you worry one bit dear, me and the girls will search high and low, and turn this town upside down to help you find it”
  1144. >You shoot her a small smile and a drowsy thanks as you feel yourself drifting again
  1145. >As Rarity sees you drifting off she shakes you slightly snapping you back to reality
  1146. >She manages to keep you awake with small talk
  1147. >Mostly about her latest fashion line and her plans for what she'll make for the three Sirens
  1148. >“But enough about me darling, how have you been, you know, besides losing your journal?”
  1149. >She chuckles nervously at that but you wave her off and give her a reassuring smile
  1150. “It's fine Rarity, it'll turn up. But besides from that not much has gone on, well except for my walk to school with Anonymous today”
  1151. >With her gossip sensors tingling, Rarity straightens up and leans in to you
  1152. >“I'm all ears”
  1153. >You can't help but laugh at Rarity's addiction to gossip as you playfully push her away
  1154. >When she finally settles down you talk to her about how you met him again and what you talked about
  1155. >“He sounds like an interesting fellow, that's for certain”
  1156. “Yeah, looks like I misjudged all of them, not just Pseudo. Anon was aloof sure, but he was hardly mean”
  1157. >Before you're able to berate yourself any further Rarity shushes you
  1158. >“I know what you're thinking Sunset and you need to stop. You may have misjudged them but I believe you were doing what you thought was right, no one here would blame you for that, alright?”
  1159. >With a content smile you embrace Rarity briefly before turning back to the lesson at hand
  1160. >While this lesson is no less boring than the last at least you're able to stay awake for most of it
  1161. >You're reluctant to leave Rarity since your next lesson will be void of any of your friends
  1162. >However you're forced to let go and trudge down the hallway
  1163. >When you sit down you thank whatever or whoever's listening that your teacher is going to let you watch a movie
  1164. >However your celebration is cut short as you're told it's part of a group project
  1165. >You need to stay up to take notes and analyse the film's points for the project but you feel like you're gonna collapse any moment
  1166. >As you look around the room to see if you can find someone you know of, you're startled back into partial consciousness as you see Anonymous sitting right next to you
  1167. >He shoots a glance at you out of the corner of his eyes but all together seems to ignore you
  1168. “Um uh do you...”
  1169. >Your mumblings seem to get a hold of his attention at least
  1170. “Do you wanna maybe be partners again?”
  1171. >He seems to think this over before giving you a firm nod
  1172. >“Yeah sure why not?”
  1173. >You let out a breath you didn't know you were holding at that
  1174. >As he turns back to his notes you do the same
  1175. >As the movie starts you can't help but let out a yawn
  1176. >Then another and another
  1177. >Despite your attempts to stop they just keep coming, until the clattering of a pen on wood startles you into silence
  1178. >Turning to Anon you see him clenching and unclenching his fist
  1179. >“Are you going to do the work or are you going to keep bothering me?”
  1180. “I'm sorry, but I already told you I didn't get any sleep, I can't help it”
  1181. >Slightly annoyed at him you turn back to your notes and begin writing your notes again until you feel your eyelids start to grow heavy
  1182. >Waking with a start you see the credits for the film going and feel a small burst of energy
  1183. >Looking around the room you see the other students packing up for the next lesson
  1184. >Turning to the side you see Anonymous doing the same, only this time you also see his belt glowing
  1185. >Grabbing his wrist you tug him down to eye level
  1186. “What did you do?”
  1187. >“Sleep spell, you were annoying me”
  1188. >You're taken slightly aback by his nonchalant use of magic
  1189. “But I what- what about the teacher?”
  1190. >“Spell of ignorance”
  1191. >As you try to process what just happened your grip goes slack and he makes his way out the door
  1192. >But not before giving you a wave on the way out
  1193. >Snapping out of your reverie you pack up and head to the next class
  1194. >After this you've got lunch and then you can try and wrap your head around Anonymous
  1195. >Luckily this is your favourite class as you share it with all the girls
  1196. >With the small nap you took and with all of them to talk to you're able to breeze through the class
  1197. >After the class you're hurried to the toilets by Rarity
  1198. >Before you're able to get a word out she's already pulled out a hairdryer, a comb, and some styling and makeup products and begins fixing your tired face
  1199. >When she finishes and you're finally able to breathe, you check the mirror to see that you look as if you had just gone to the salon
  1200. >“Sorry for that Sunset, but I thought it would be improper for you to meet those three looking the way you did. No offence.”
  1201. “None taken Rarity, come on, let's go”
  1202. >As the two of you head to the cafeteria you begin to wonder where you're even supposed to meet the three
  1203. >You enquire with Fluttershy when you meet up with the others and she informs you that they're waiting on the roof
  1204. >You all grab smaller lunches that you can take on the go rather than a whole tray
  1205. >As you munch on one of Granny Smith's apples you make your way up the winding stairs to the roof
  1206. >As the door swings open you throw the apple core off the side as the others finish off their own quick lunches
  1207. >Across from you, the three are resting against the railings
  1208. >Anon is looking over the school, while Incognito has his legs tucked into his chest as he sits against the rails, then there's Pseudo who's leaning with his back against the rails and seems to be arguing with Anon under his breath
  1209. >He's also the only one who acknowledges the seven of you
  1210. >Pushing himself off the railings he smiles at Fluttershy before enveloping her in a hug
  1211. >Letting out a small squeak she giggles lightly before returning the hug
  1212. >At the sign of affection both Rainbow and Incognito make a gagging sound
  1213. >After that Incog snaps his head up to glare at Rainbow who happily returns it
  1214. >“Quit copying me Smurfette”
  1215. >Rainbow's face turns red at this as she starts to visibly shake
  1216. >Clenching her fists she stomps over to Incognito who has now stood up and is doing the same
  1217. >“You got a problem you blond bimbo?”
  1218. >“What if I d-”
  1219. >Before Incog can finish his sentence he's tugged backwards causing his collar to briefly restrict his airways
  1220. >Coughing and spluttering he turns around to see Anon glowering at him and immediately backs down
  1221. >“Play nice Incog”
  1222. >His tone is low but with how Incog reacts it has some implications behind it
  1223. >It just makes you more curious as to how Siren society works if Anonymous can make Incog's behaviour do a 180 like that
  1224. >With a huff he turns his back to you again
  1225. >“I don't even know why we're here anyway Anon, you haven't wanted to play nice with these lot since we got here”
  1226. >You're taken aback slightly by that, Anon seemed aloof, but with this morning and today's lesson he seemed open to the idea
  1227. >“Maybe, but we're doing it anyway, so get your head out of your ass and shake her hand”
  1228. >Incognito turns on a dime with fury in his eyes
  1229. >Despite Anon glowering at him again he doesn't falter this time
  1230. >“Hell. No”
  1231. >Anon quirks an eyebrow at this and slowly approaches his brother
  1232. >You could cut the tension with a knife
  1233. >Deciding to step in before things get out of hand you step between them to try and defuse the situation
  1234. “Hey it's ok, Anon honestly, you can't force him to apologise”
  1235. >“You underestimate what I can make him do”
  1236. >He doesn't even break eye contact with his brother
  1237. >He's gonna be a tougher nut to crack then you thought
  1238. >Grabbing a hold of his head you force him to break eye contact and look at you
  1239. “I know you probably could, but you shouldn't”
  1240. >He squints his eyes at you and seemingly goes over your words
  1241. >Dragging himself out of your hold he walks over to Rainbow Dash
  1242. >She tenses as he approaches until he holds out a hand to her
  1243. >“I suppose that I should apologise on behalf of Incognito, since he's too incompetent to do it himself”
  1244. >“HEY!”
  1245. >Incognito is cut off as Rainbow nearly doubles over in laughter
  1246. >Wiping a tear from her eye she shakes Anon's hand
  1247. >“Finally. Someone else who gets it”
  1248. >As they break off Anon turns back to you
  1249. >“So what exactly are the terms of this friendship Sunset?”
  1250. >You raise an eyebrow at him and you see the rest of the girls are just as perplexed
  1251. >Looking between him and the other two you see that he's serious
  1252. “Um, terms? What do you mean?”
  1253. >“Well I assume this will work like the agreements made between Siren packs, what do you want of us and what can we expect?”
  1254. >Holy shit he thinks you're negotiating some kind of treaty?
  1255. “That isn't really how friendships work guys, we sort of just... hang out and talk? We get to know each other, create bonds”
  1256. >They all seem confused at the idea but Pseudo soon speaks up
  1257. >“So would it be a lesser version of me and Fluttershy?”
  1258. >You're very thankful that you've got a reference point to describe it better
  1259. “Yes, exactly! Basically that”
  1260. >You twiddle your hands together and hope that they understand at least that
  1261. >“I don't know, it's been a while since I've had a mate, I guess I'd be interested”
  1262. >You and the rest of the girls blush at Incognito's words
  1263. >Luckily Applejack is quick to shut him down
  1264. >“Slow down there partner, ain't no mates here, it's basically... well yeah it's basically mates I guess, but without the... other stuff if you get me”
  1265. >He visibly slumps at that
  1266. >“Well what's even the point then?”
  1267. >Heaving a sigh you turn to Anon, hoping at least he understands
  1268. >You're slightly hopeful as he scratches his chin, deep in thought
  1269. >“I'll say this much, this is going to be odd, we don't have anything like this in our species. We're competitive and sometimes violent, we stick to our own until we find a mate then start a new pack. But I understand it enough to give it a go”
  1270. >You breathe a sigh of relief that you got through to one of them finally
  1271. >As the bell rings you and the girls head back to the door
  1272. >“Well it has certainly been... interesting, meeting you three in person. I hope to see you again, until then au revoir”
  1273. >“Yeah, oh by the way, how do you guys feel about parties?”
  1274. >“Come on Pinkie give them some space to breathe first”
  1275. >“Actually if you're not all for parties, maybe you'd be willing to answer some questions and let me run some tests? For science of course.”
  1276. >“Landsakes not you too, come on get, didn't your mothers ever teach you not to pester boys?”
  1277. >As Applejack herds the girls back down the stairs you follow behind before remembering something
  1278. “By the way Anonymous, do you wanna come round my house and help me finish off the project? I didn't really get to write down many notes”
  1279. >You chuckle nervously as you rub the back of your neck
  1280. >What did you just do?
  1281. >Why did you ask him that?
  1282. >You've barely known him a day, he's gonna think you're a weirdo
  1283. >“Yeah sure, just text me your address”
  1284. >As he walks past you he hands you a slip of paper
  1285. >You stand there dumbfounded for a few seconds as you process what just happened
  1286. >Did you just get a boy's number?
  1287. >Ha, take that mom
  1288. >Shaking yourself out of your daze you hurry down the stairs to finish the rest of school
  1289. >As the day goes on you realise that your brief respite earlier only stalled your exhaustion
  1290. >It seems even magic can't do what a good night's sleep can
  1291. >As your mind wanders back to your cozy bed for the millionth time today you start to sway slightly in your seat
  1292. >Quickly righting yourself you manage to shake yourself out of your daze
  1293. >At least you're able to recognise when you're drifting off now
  1294. >This helps to keep you from being reprimanded by the teachers until the last bell rings
  1295. >Despite how shrill it is, and how it echoes in your aching head it's like music to you
  1296. >You wave goodbye to the girls as you try your best to get home as quickly as possible
  1297. >After fumbling with your key and scratching your door knob with it half a dozen times, you use both hands to steady yourself and fit it into the lock
  1298. >With a click your door finally gives and you all but collapse into your home
  1299. >After locking up, you throw your bag across the room and flop onto your sofa, feeling today's exhaustion start to drain
  1300. >Finally letting your heavy eyelids fall, you drift off to sleep
  1301. >A shrill ping echoes through your house, startling awake
  1302. >As more go off you quickly right yourself and throw a few punches in random directions
  1303. >After a few more go off you recognise it as the group chat alert
  1304. >It's at times like these that you're really glad you don't have room mates
  1305. >Wiping the sleep out of your eyes you look to your clock
  1306. >18:30
  1307. >Four hours of sleep is better than nothing you guess
  1308. >Stretching the ache out of your joints you go over to your phone
  1309. >Rummaging through your bag you eventually fish it out and turn it on
  1310. >Which you immediately regret as the flash of light leaves you disoriented
  1311. >Turning down the brightness, you go over the chat
  1312. >As you scroll through the dozen or so messages you see nothing more than casual small talk
  1313. >There are no messages directed at you so you begin to drift
  1314. >You eventually end up drifting back to the details of your dream
  1315. >At least you think you had a dream
  1316. >Most of the details escape you as you try to focus on them but some seem to slip back to you
  1317. >You remember feeling as if you were floating, with something pressing against you on all sides
  1318. >You started to float downwards, and the pressure seemed to let up as it got darker
  1319. >Despite the darkness, you could feel shadows looming over you and gleaming red was the only light in the dark
  1320. >First there were three lights, but three more began to form behind them
  1321. >There was also singing
  1322. >Except not how you expected
  1323. >Rather than six you only remember hearing one voice
  1324. >Gentle, yet harsh
  1325. >Then the image of how close Anonymous was to you that night flashed in your mind
  1326. >Snapping back to reality you feel a shiver run up your back
  1327. >It was just a dream, you know you can help them be good people
  1328. >You focus on your phone again and go over the messages once more
  1329. >Plans for school
  1330. >Plans for the Battle of the Bands
  1331. >Plans for the weekend
  1332. >Wait, plans for school?
  1333. >Crap, you totally forgot to text Anonymous
  1334. >Upturning your bag you start scrambling to find his number
  1335. >Finally finding the scrap of paper you try to make out the writing
  1336. >Some of it's smudged but you're pretty sure you've got it right
  1337. >You start writing out the text but quickly back peddle
  1338. >What if he's been waiting to hear from you?
  1339. >'I passed out on the sofa and forgot about you' isn't a very good excuse, if what Rainbow's told you of her previous experiences is anything to go by
  1340. >But what if he isn't expecting you to text him until tomorrow?
  1341. >Rainbow's right, guys are really difficult to deal with
  1342. >You decide to go for broke and just get it over with now
  1343. -“Hey Anonymous, just texting you to ask when you wanted to finish the project?”-
  1344. >Quickly remembering to mention who it is and your address you leave your phone in front of you
  1345. >That wasn't so hard
  1346. >Short and simple
  1347. >You jump slightly as your phone pings a few seconds later
  1348. >Weird, even Flash didn't text you back that quick
  1349. >-“I dunno, I could come round now, we could probably get it finished tonight”-
  1350. -“Sure, sounds like a plan”-
  1351. >-“Alright, be there in like half an hour maybe?”-
  1352. >You try to text back an affirmative but your practically paralysed
  1353. >You playback what you just did in your head a few times
  1354. >Then your internal panicking turns external as you drop your phone and start pacing back and forth
  1355. >You don't know what to do with your arms so they end up flailing about
  1356. >You just invited a guy to come to your house and it's nearly night time
  1357. >Your place is a total mess too
  1358. >You have half cleaned dishes in the sink, your floor's covered in litter and old clothes, and the ones you're wearing are a mess
  1359. >Heck you're still a sleep addled mess
  1360. >After a few minutes of panicking you take a few deep breathes to calm yourself
  1361. >Ok, first things first
  1362. >You can't deal with the sleep addled thing but you can make yourself not look like a total slob at the least
  1363. >Discarding your clothes into a hamper you make your way into the bathroom
  1364. >You even use Rarity's fancy washing stuff she got you for your birthday as you clean yourself off
  1365. >You're in and out of the shower quicker than you'd like, but at least you're clean, and your hair doesn't look like a bird's nest anymore
  1366. >Whilst you would have liked to give yourself a deep clean you don't have much time to
  1367. >With only a towel wrapped around you, you go around your apartment and begin cleaning up
  1368. >Discarded clothes in the hamper, food wrappers in the bin, dishes cleaned
  1369. >Okay, this situation was more salvageable than you thought
  1370. >You just had to not panic and-
  1371. >*knock knock knock* “Hey Sunset, it's me”
  1372. >Engage full panic mode
  1373. >You practically fling yourself at your closet
  1374. >Sadly you forgot about the towel restricting your movement and trip over it
  1375. >You end up banging your head again the side letting out a yelp
  1376. >“Sunset what was that?”
  1377. >Despite being slightly delirious you manage to right yourself and grab something to cover yourself from your closet
  1378. “It was nothing I'm fine”
  1379. >As you try to get your feet through your panties you end up getting dizzy and falling backwards
  1380. >You can only manage to let out a groan this time
  1381. >Your dizziness fades as resounding thuds come from your door
  1382. >“Sunset, what's going on in there?”
  1383. “Don't worry”
  1384. >At least you hope that's what you said, the ringing in your ears makes it kind of hard to tell
  1385. >“Why can I smell blood?”
  1386. >You only managed to hear the blood part of that
  1387. >Slightly perplexed by that you bring a hand up to your head
  1388. >Feeling a damp patch at your forehead and the back of your head you feel a wave of nausea wash over you
  1389. >As you dry heave a little you think you hear Anon saying something
  1390. >“-ing in”
  1391. >Wait no, in is bad
  1392. >Quickly scrambling to your closet again you manage to get on the rest of your underwear before you hear your door click
  1393. >You're still on the floor from the fall so you have to crane your neck a lot more than usual to look up at him
  1394. >Weird you don't remember inviting his brothers
  1395. >Wait why are there four
  1396. >“Oh fu-”
  1397. >That's all you're able to make out before you pass out
  1398. >You expected a hardwood floor to be uncomfortable
  1399. >But it's surprisingly nice
  1400. >It's smooth and warm and even slightly cushiony
  1401. >Adjusting yourself you feel the floor shift with you
  1402. >Hold on that doesn't make sense
  1403. >Reaching a hand up you run it along whatever you're on
  1404. >It's smooth for sure and even has a little bit of give
  1405. >Cracking open an eye you try to inspect your surroundings
  1406. >It takes a few minute with how dark it is but you eventually come to the conclusion that you're still at home
  1407. >Twisting yourself slightly you look up to the ceiling
  1408. >At least you expected to see the ceiling
  1409. >Instead you see Anonymous looking down on you
  1410. >He also doesn't look that impressed
  1411. >“You're an idiot you know that”
  1412. >Jeez, it's like the look your dad gave you when you blew up his study as a filly
  1413. >Even the little hint of worry in his eyes
  1414. >But then again you did see four of him earlier so maybe you're wrong about that
  1415. >As you rub your eyes you sit up slightly
  1416. “Hello to you too”
  1417. >Before you're able to move he place his hands on your shoulders and pulls your head back into his lap
  1418. >Whilst your sure most girls would call you a dyke for complaining about the position you're in, you can't help but voice your confusion
  1419. “What exactly are you doing?”
  1420. >He simply rolls his eyes at you and leans over you
  1421. >It gives you a faceful of his chest and the smell that came with it
  1422. >Did he shower too?
  1423. >As he leans back he pulls something sticky off your head and replace it with a cold compress
  1424. >Tilting your to the side, you see him putting the compress he just took into a bowl of water
  1425. >You move your hand to the compress but he quickly stops you
  1426. >“No, you need to leave that on”
  1427. >You let out a huff and try to remove it again
  1428. >Only for him to pin your arm to your side
  1429. >Damn, for a guy he's strong, or is he just using his magic
  1430. “Look Anon I appreciate you worrying, but I'm fine”
  1431. >“The fact you were bleeding from two parts of your head says otherwise”
  1432. >That stops you from fussing further
  1433. >Was it really that bad
  1434. >Seemingly sensing your concerns he snaps his fingers in front of you to get your attention
  1435. >“You don't need to worry, it was just a concussion, I've already bandaged you, so you just need to lay there and rest”
  1436. “Shouldn't I be in bed?”
  1437. >“If you can avoid it, you shouldn't exert yourself, so just stay here”
  1438. >You want to argue again but then you really would deserve to be called a dyke
  1439. >Just shutting your eyes you try to get some sleep again
  1440. >As you drift off you're brought back as you hear a deep chuckling above you
  1441. >Opening your eyes you raise an eyebrow at your impromptu doctor
  1442. >“Sorry, it's just, you must be the only girl in the world to concuss herself while half naked”
  1443. >You can't help but chuckle with him at the mental image
  1444. >Your face quickly turns red as you realise what that means
  1445. >You now have an urge to crawl into a hole and never come back out
  1446. >But you settle for simply covering your face
  1447. >His laughter soon stops as he notices your discomfort
  1448. >Pulling your hands away he speaks up
  1449. >“Hey don't worry, I didn't see anything, I'm not Incognito after all. I dressed you as quick as I could, and treated you, that's it.”
  1450. >You let out a sigh of relief at that
  1451. >While you're not 100% sure, he at least doesn't seem like the kind of guy to do that
  1452. >Though when you think about it you find yourself with a few questions
  1453. “Hold on, you said you smelt blood?”
  1454. >He nods his head at that, a small smile on his lips
  1455. >“Yep, Sirens have especially good senses of smell, we used to have contests with dragons back in the day”
  1456. >You're glad that Twilight isn't here
  1457. >Both the princess and the one from this world
  1458. >That one answer would give them a hundred new questions
  1459. “Ok, but how did you get into my house? I can see you didn't break the door-”
  1460. >Looking to the side you confirm that it is indeed still intact
  1461. “-so how?”
  1462. >He simply taps his nose at that
  1463. >“I got the scent of the interior of your lock, then used that to sniff out your spare key”
  1464. >That leaves you slightly baffled
  1465. “But I've only ever had to use it once since I got this place”
  1466. >He shrugs his shoulders at that and shoots you a smirk
  1467. >Wow, he really wasn't kidding when he said Sirens could compete with dragons
  1468. >You feel another wave of nausea hit you and you decide it'd be a good idea to get some sleep
  1469. >However before you do, you can't help but ask one last question
  1470. “Why am I on your lap?”
  1471. >Once more he just shrugs the question off
  1472. >“I was uncomfortable kneeling on your floor, it hurt my knees”
  1473. >Just barely nodding you feel sleep overtake you once more
  1474.  
  1475. >The sweet smell of eggs fills your nose, and the sizzling sound of bacon fills your ears
  1476. >At least it partially does
  1477. >Most of your ears are filled with the sound of Sunset Shimmer's snoring
  1478. >Which must mean you're Anonymous
  1479. >You're hoping to rouse your sleeping host with some good food
  1480. >At least you hope it'll be good food
  1481. >You mostly just survived off of raw meat and magic back home
  1482. >You can't help but a feel slight pang in your chest at the thought
  1483. >Despite spending a year here you can still visualise it all like you're there
  1484. >The rolling emerald hills and azure skies
  1485. >The crystal blue seas and all the creatures within
  1486. >The small port town near your old home
  1487. >Your family
  1488. >Thankfully you're snapped out of your reverie by a particularly loud snore
  1489. >You never liked going down that route
  1490. >Turning the heat to low you look over your shoulder to see Sunset stirring
  1491. >As she rubs the sleep out of her eyes she stretches out across the couch
  1492. >After which she immediately curls back up and turns over
  1493. >You let out a small chuckle at her antics
  1494. >Walking over to her, you crouch down beside her and shake her slightly
  1495. “None of that now, you need to eat”
  1496. >She tries shrugging your hand off but you hold firm
  1497. >You now pull her towards you so she faces the ceiling
  1498. >Slowly pulling her arm away from her eyes she let's her head fall to face you
  1499. >Her eyes scan you up and down several times
  1500. >They widen slightly until she brings a hand up to rub them
  1501. >Inspecting you one last time she sits up and works to meticulously rub the sleep out of her eyes
  1502. >You're surprised your putting up with this, if Incognito had done it you'd have slapped him by now
  1503. >Maybe it's because she isn't as awful as you imagined she'd be
  1504. >You still hold her accountable for what she did to your sisters, but after your brief encounters with her, maybe you can hate her a little less than before
  1505. >Hearing a crackling coming from the pan you bolt up and back to the stove to make sure the breakfast doesn't get burned
  1506. >With the food finally ready you dish it up evenly between two plates
  1507. >The soft thud of foot falls, the screeching of a metal chair on hardwood floor, and a brief but heavier thud tell you all you need to know
  1508. >Turning on your heels you slide a plate over to Sunset which she just barely stops from going over the edge
  1509. >Pulling out the chair across from her you take your seat and begin to dig into your breakfast
  1510. >As you slowly chew through the food you're painfully aware of the eyes boring holes into you
  1511. >Glancing up you confirm your suspicions as you lock eyes with Sunset
  1512. >Snapping out of her daze she tries to look everywhere but at you
  1513. >Eventually settling on having a staring contest with the door you hold your own gaze on her
  1514. >You see her start to sweat as you refuse to look away
  1515. >Heaving a sigh you shake your head and grab another forkful of food and speak up
  1516. “You should be eating”
  1517. >Her attention finally snaps back to you at that
  1518. >“What?”
  1519. >It take all of your will power not to facepalm at that
  1520. >Holding up a hand you chew through your food quicker and swallow
  1521. >She follows your fork as you use it to point between her and her plate
  1522. “You gave yourself a concussion last night, you need to eat. You better hurry too, if it goes cold I won't cook you more”
  1523. >For a brief time she looks between you, your plate and hers
  1524. >Seemingly realising for the first time that she does indeed have food on her plate she grabs her knife and fork and finally begins to eat
  1525. >“Right, yeah right, I just um... sorry I just wasn't expecting to see this when I woke up this morning”
  1526. >You quirk an eyebrow at her as you start to clean up the rest of your plate
  1527. >As she lifts a forkful of food to her mouth she stops before shaking her head
  1528. >“Not that I meant that I didn't expect to see you here, it's just that- well I thought last night might have been a dream. NOT that I don't appreciate what you did because I do, it's just that, well I-”
  1529. >As she starts trying to explain herself faster and faster, and she becomes less and less understandable as she starts to stutter and fall over her words
  1530. >Stuffing a forkful of food in her mouth you can almost hear her mentally berate herself
  1531. >Basically putting her nose in her food she puts an arm over the top of her head
  1532. >Effectively concealing her face from you, you just manage to hear some muffled talk coming from her
  1533. >“-Thank you”
  1534. >The sight before you actually causes a bit of laughter to bubble up inside you
  1535. >There's just something about this girl
  1536. >Quickly biting your tongue to stop yourself you grunt and grab your plate
  1537. >Turning back to the sink you begin washing up
  1538. >You vigorously try to scrub the mental image of her hiding from you, and her muffled thanks, out of your head as you scrub the dish
  1539. >You keep scrubbing as more mental images pop into your head
  1540. >How her hair blew in the wind on the roof
  1541. >The sound of her laugh on your way to school
  1542. >Dropping the dish to the side you grip the counter and try to use some calming breaths
  1543. >You refuse to think this way about the girl who ruined your sisters' lives
  1544. >You jump slightly as you feel a slight pressure on your shoulder
  1545. >Whipping around you see Sunset get startled a bit by your sudden movement
  1546. >She gives you a nervous smile as she slowly releases your shoulder
  1547. >“You looked like you were pretty upset, are you alright?”
  1548. >Taking a deep breath you run a hand down your face and calm yourself
  1549. “Yeah, yeah I'm fine just uh... thinking about my sisters”
  1550. >She visibly flinches when you mention them and begins rubbing her arm
  1551. >She briefly reaches out to you but, after an internal debate, pulls away and goes to sit back down
  1552. >Neither of you say anything for a while
  1553. >The only thing to echo through the house is the sound of her fork scraping on the plate and the cars outside
  1554. >Stealing a glance at Sunset you see her gripping the table cloth and rolling it in her hands as she half-heartedly eats her food
  1555. >Rolling your eyes you decide that you hate awkward silences and make your way back to the table
  1556. >Leaning against the table, you clear your throat slightly to get her attention
  1557. “So I was thinking for the project-”
  1558. >“I'm sorry”
  1559. >You look up to see Sunset hasn't shifted at all
  1560. “What?”
  1561. >Finishing her mouthful she slowly turns her head up to look at you
  1562. >“I'm sorry. I'm sorry for what we did to your sisters, but we had to, they're not like you or Pseudo, or Incog- ok they're a lot like Incog. But they attacked the school, it was awful”
  1563. >Letting out a heavy sigh she pauses before looking up at you expectantly
  1564. >Taking that as your cue you briefly go over her words
  1565. >You open your mouth but close it quickly as you think about how to approach this
  1566. >Sunset meanwhile, only gets more nervous the longer you take
  1567. “They turned people into mindless thugs didn't they?”
  1568. >Her nervous expression turns to confusion at your words
  1569. >Quickly regaining her composure she rapidly nods
  1570. >“Yeah, they turned friends against each other, people were openly brawling in the halls at one point.”
  1571. >She lets out a sigh and sags in her chair
  1572. >“During the worst of it they even got my friends to fight each other”
  1573. >You briefly take a mental note of that and store it away for later use
  1574. >Pushing yourself back you recline in the chair and let it balance on two legs briefly
  1575. >Pulling yourself back the thud brings Sunset's attention back to you
  1576. “That definitely sounds like their magic”
  1577. >Raising an eyebrow at that, a smile quickly forms on her face as she leans towards you
  1578. >“Do you think you can tell me more about how Siren magic works? You were a bit vague when I asked on the way to school yesterday”
  1579. >You had been purposefully vague back then, you didn't want her knowing too much
  1580. >But if you try that again now she might get suspicious considering how you're supposed to be friends now, and that could be problematic
  1581. >Grumbling to yourself you straighten up and lean on your arms as well
  1582. “I assume you're aware of Changelings right?”
  1583. >“Celestia told me about them but I never encountered one personally, why?”
  1584. “Well they're one of our oldest allies for one, because of how similarly our magic works”
  1585. >Her eyes turn to pinpricks at this but soon widen in fascination
  1586. >“You know I'm glad Twilight isn't here, she'd bombard you with questions. Hell I almost want to do that myself. To start with I thought Changelings only fed on love?”
  1587. >You grin at her enthusiasm and the fact you got her to diver from your sisters
  1588. “They do, but some feel love stronger than others do, and that's where we came in”
  1589. >She raises an eyebrow as you've seemingly lost her again
  1590. “Because Sirens don't just cause those who hear them sing to fight”
  1591. >You roll your hand as you go on hoping she'll catch on
  1592. >Realising where you're going with this she makes an 'O' shape with her mouth
  1593. >“So what else can Siren songs cause?”
  1594. >You shrug your shoulders as you never actually got to learn all the possible outcomes of Siren songs
  1595. “A lot of things, hate, as you saw. But also things like, envy, jealousy, greed, sadness even. Though that's more commonly found in the female Sirens”
  1596. >“So what about guy Sirens? When you guys sang I only felt fear, is that what you induce in people?”
  1597. >You chuckle slightly and shake your head
  1598. “Nope, try again”
  1599. >Pausing at your words she looks down as she goes back to then
  1600. >After a few minutes she sits up and looks at you quizzically
  1601. >“Well before I actually realised you were Sirens I felt... calm”
  1602. >Pressing a finger to your nose you point at her
  1603. “Well done, gold star to Celestia's prize pupil”
  1604. >She giggles lightly as you give her a slow clap
  1605. >As she waves you off you smack your lips
  1606. >Realising now just how thirsty you are you go to grab a glass of water
  1607. “So yeah, basically guy Sirens end up usually causing positive effects with their songs, calmness, happiness, even love.”
  1608. >As you fill a glass and take a few gulps Sunset finishes off your thought
  1609. >“Which means you could artificially cause ponies to feel more love, and the Changelings could feed”
  1610. >Pointing to her again she pumps her fist slightly for putting it together
  1611. >Noticing her half full plate she goes back to chowing down as you refill your glass
  1612. >You notice her visibly cringe as a forkful of food hits her tongue
  1613. “I told you it would go cold, and I'm not making any more”
  1614. >Rolling her eyes you catch her mumbling your words back under her breath
  1615. >Despite your expectations, she surprises you and finishes the last of the cold and probably unpleasant eggs and bacon
  1616. >Looking up at you she smugly grins as she lifts to show her empty plate
  1617. >Grumbling to yourself slightly you chug the water again and lean against the counter
  1618. >As she gets up from her seat she simply dumps her dish in the sink
  1619. >Walking over to a cabinet she grabs some coffee beans and starts pouring them into an ancient looking coffee machine
  1620. >As the coffee brews you go back and forth on magic once more, this time being a bit more open
  1621. >Sunset delves more into how emotion works alongside pony magic as well
  1622. >That passion is the main emotion for basically all three races, but how unicorns can sometimes use other emotions for other spells
  1623. >When the coffee machine finally finishes she seemingly shakes with excitement as she pours herself a cup
  1624. >Taking a big gulp she heaves a heavy sigh and a goofy grin spreads across her face as she practically nurses the coffee in her hands
  1625. >Seemingly satisfied she leans on the counter as well and points at you with her coffee
  1626. >“So how long have Sirens been allied with Changelings?”
  1627. >You let out a slow huff as you try to go over the few history lessons you got from your parents
  1628. >As you do some mental maths Sunset continues to take small sips from her coffee
  1629. “Actually I think we haven't been allied with them for about... 1500 years or so? I don't know the specifics, the alliance broke down about 400 years before I was born”
  1630. >A choking sound snaps you out of your mental maths
  1631. >Looking to the side you see Sunset coughing with coffee dripping off her chin
  1632. >Quickly grabbing a napkin she wipes herself off and clears her throat into it
  1633. >“Sorry about that, I sometimes forget how old you Sirens actually are. So what exactly caused the alliance to break down?”
  1634. “Oh, well we just couldn't support each other anymore, we had to defend our own races what with Discord ruling Equestria and his influence spreading past the borders”
  1635. >“You mean the lawn ornament Celestia has? I'm surprised his influence went past Equestria”
  1636. >You hum to yourself slightly as you sway back and forth
  1637. “It didn't really, not many other races felt his influence, they just saw it, but there were parts of the world he purposefully influenced, like our two races”
  1638. >Finally getting her breath back Sunset goes back to her coffee as a thoughtful look crosses her face
  1639. >Licking her lips slightly she pulls herself away from the counter and lifts herself on top of it
  1640. >“I wonder why he only targeted your two races”
  1641. >You shrug your shoulders as she starts to tip the cup of coffee back further and further
  1642. “I dunno, I guess I could have asked him since he's walking around again”
  1643. >Rather than choking, this time Sunset does a total spit take of her coffee
  1644. >Heaving slightly her head snaps to face you
  1645. >“When did Discord get set free?”
  1646. “I dunno, I just found him doing a musical number at the lower levels of the sea one day, I... thought it'd be best if I let him be”
  1647. >Grabbing her napkin she wipes down the surface that her coffee got sprayed on to
  1648. >“Sorry, it's just that I would have expected Twilight to tell me about something like that”
  1649. >Grabbing a sponge you go to help her wipe down the surface
  1650. >Luckily the coffee was still wet so a few wipes got rid of it easily
  1651. >Wringing out the sponge and throwing the soaked napkin away you turn back to Sunset
  1652. “So about the project?”
  1653. >Straightening up suddenly at that you can tell it had slipped her mind
  1654. >“Oh yeah, right”
  1655. >Giggling nervously she coughs into her hand and points towards the sofa before making her way over to it
  1656. >Quickly joining her you grab your bag as she goes for hers
  1657. >Laying out the notes you made you begin going back and forth on them
  1658. >Many hours pass as you go over your notes
  1659. >The movie was tedious, and finding any deeper meaning to it was like finding a slightly different needle in a needle stack
  1660. >After going over your work for the third time, the two of you agree that you've written what your pompous teacher wants to hear from the work
  1661. >The clattering of pens on table are quickly drowned out by Sunset letting out an exasperated groan, as she flops back on to the sofa
  1662. >You soon join her, letting your body go slack as you slump against the cushions
  1663. >Doing so alerts you to just how sore your back was from being hunched over your work for so long
  1664. >You let out a groan as you shift in place, trying to find the softest spot to rest your back on
  1665. >After a lot of shuffling and rearranging pillows, you finally allow yourself to collapse completely
  1666. >It's barely gone past midday and you already feel like you could fall asleep
  1667. >Looking beside you, you see Sunset drifting in and out of consciousness
  1668. >As her eyelids slowly grow heavier her head begins to droop, eventually it drops forward causing her to jolt awake, only for the cycle to repeat itself
  1669. >Why she doesn't just lay her head back is beyond you
  1670. >Though the sight does remind you of when you put her to sleep in class
  1671. >The constant yawning from her had aggravated you
  1672. >Not because it was particularly unpleasant, it was actually rather soothing to listen to
  1673. >The way her body pressed against your side when you had put her to sleep wasn't uncomfortable either, she was actually fairly light and soft
  1674. >The way she wiggled about against your side, pressing her head into your shoulder, and the way her hair tickled your nose slightly helped make the otherwise boring lesson more pleasant
  1675. >Then there was the gentle rise and fall of her chest, each breath caused her to push you ever so slightly, it actually took you a few minutes to realise it was even happening
  1676. >When you did realise it you couldn't ignore the sensation of the way she almost rocked you back and forth
  1677. >That's what aggravated you however, for nearly a year as you three left yourself in the background you felt nothing but disdain for her
  1678. >But as you interacted with her, each of her actions, no matter how small, and the conversations you had, no matter how trivial or mundane, seemed to work to assuage all of that
  1679. >It's no surprise ponies survived as long as they have
  1680. >Too cute to kill
  1681. >Well that, and all the powerful unicorn sorcerers and their immortal rulers
  1682. >You try to shake the thoughts from your head
  1683. >You've had to do that a lot recently
  1684. >Each time you do is more difficult than the last
  1685. >Maybe you should just stop trying at this point
  1686. >Allow the frivolous thoughts to run free
  1687. >It would make it easier to plan if you didn't have to worry about having an internal debate about the girl besides you every 5 minutes
  1688. >Speaking of the girl besides you, a light snore snaps you back to reality
  1689. >Curled into herself she's finally put her head back and has fallen into Luna's embrace
  1690. >At least that's how the stories of Celestia's more illusive sister went, whenever your father saw fit to regale the six of you about her
  1691. >You always wondered if her abilities were based on race or distance
  1692. >You were certainly never visited in your dreams
  1693. >You also didn't hear of any other creature being visited by the Princess of the Night
  1694. >Though if her magic only spread to ponies you couldn't help but wonder if the princess was visiting Sunset now
  1695. >Who knows what they could be talking about, whatever it was you'd be none the wiser
  1696. >The obsessive paranoia that constantly urges you to make plan after plan, contingency after contingency, starts to niggle away at the back of your mind
  1697. >It urges you to take Luna's involvement into account
  1698. >To add her to your ever growing list of parameters you'll need to be aware of for your new plan
  1699. >Dozens of plans to deal with her involvement, both direct and indirect flood your mind
  1700. >As you feel a headache start to form you quickly squash the voice in your head
  1701. >It was either that or start writing out the plans and you couldn't do that, at least not while you're here
  1702. >Ever since the day you learned that you would be responsible for ensuring you and your brothers' survival the paranoia started to develop
  1703. >When your parents passed, it only started out as an inquisitive and innovative mind, constantly attempting to help Adagio with keeping the pack intact, to help ease the stress on her shoulders
  1704. >Then one day it was only you
  1705. >Sure it was half the work but you had less than a quarter of the experience Adagio had, and none of the assistance
  1706. >Incognito was selfish, yet unable to help himself
  1707. >Pseudo was too willing to follow orders without question
  1708. >But you did your best, and you like to think that you've done a good job so far
  1709. >You made a lot of mistakes along the way, got tricked by other packs more times than your pride will let you admit, causing you to go hungry more than once, but at least you kept them alive
  1710. >As your thoughts wander you don't feel the pangs that usually followed
  1711. >You actually feel a smile spread across your face
  1712. >The nights the three of you would share what little you had
  1713. >Incognito would never let silence hang for long
  1714. >He'd either crack some idiotic joke or provoke one of you two
  1715. >Just for the sake of keeping you all talking
  1716. >As your breathing steadies you could swear you smell the sea in the air
  1717. >Though the room is deftly quiet it's loud inside your head, the crashing of waves on rocks causing your smile to widen
  1718. >You're snapped out of your reverie by a rumbling
  1719. >Snapping your head to the side you a, now flustered Sunset, holding her stomach
  1720. >Chuckling nervously she stretches out and stands up from the sofa
  1721. >“Sorry about that, didn't mean to disturb you”
  1722. >You wave her off as you crack your neck
  1723. “Nothing to worry about, I'm guessing you're hungry”
  1724. >Pointing to her stomach, she lets out another nervous chuckle as she rubs her arm
  1725. >“Yeah I guess all that studying worked up an appetite”
  1726. >You nod slowly at her and you both stare at each other in silence for a few minutes
  1727. >As the silence drags on she begins shuffling her feet
  1728. >Eventually you see her glance between you and the kitchen but you hold firm
  1729. >Giving in, her shoulders sag a bit as she makes her way over to the counter
  1730. >As you watch her walk over she shoots multiple glances over her shoulder at you
  1731. >When she finally makes it there she begins pulling out pans and ingredients
  1732. >She attempts to add a bit of flourish, spinning the pans in the air, rolling the ingredients in her hands
  1733. >At least she attempts to
  1734. >When she throws the pans in the air to spin them, the handle throws them off balance and they end up coming down at an angle
  1735. >You see her tense up but she shakes it off quick enough to just barely keep the pan up and catch up
  1736. >When she tries to twirl the ingredients she ends up dropping half of them
  1737. >You see her hang her head in defeat
  1738. >You're tempted to laugh but you think she's feeling bad enough as it is
  1739. >Eventually she begins chopping the ingredients and preparing the meal
  1740. >For a while you're content to sit in silence
  1741. >Only disturbed by the rhythmic sound of chopping and stirring
  1742. >Smelling the ever growing and changing flavour of the food as more ingredients are added
  1743. >That peace is disturbed as an alarm starts blaring
  1744. >Your eyes snap open and turn to the counter to see black smoke billowing from a, now burning, pan
  1745. >Jumping to your feet you make your way over to assist Sunset
  1746. >She's opened a window and is trying to wave the smoke out it with a towel
  1747. >Grabbing the towel you grab hold of the pan's handle and dump it into the sink
  1748. >Turning the cold water on full immediately douses the flames, and ruins the meal in the process
  1749. >A small price to pay to not burn down a house
  1750. >Turning to Sunset you raise an eyebrow at her
  1751. >You're not angry or upset, just confused
  1752. >It's hard to believe she's survived this long without knowing how to cook
  1753. “What did you do?”
  1754. >She holds her hand up in mock surrender
  1755. >“I didn't do anything, that has never happened before”
  1756. >Your hair is threatening to annex your eyebrow if you raise it any further
  1757. >Walking over to her cookbook you look over what she was trying to make
  1758. >Seemed like a simple lamb salad
  1759. >You're deftly aware of her looking over your shoulder as you can literally feel her breath on your neck
  1760. >“I guess I don't have a stall- guy's touch when it comes to the kitchen”
  1761. >She tries to play it off with a laugh but you can tell how embarrassed she is
  1762. >For a while you go over the recipe with her in detail
  1763. >You figure out where she went wrong when she states how she started cooking the meat
  1764. >You then have to go into the reasons why tripling the temperature of the stove does not actually cook the meat three times faster
  1765. >She bulks at the new information
  1766. >You have to regale her with how Incognito nearly burned your house down four separate times due to his impatience
  1767. >Slumping against the counter she drags a hand down her face
  1768. >“Well that's fantastic, that was the last of the food I had”
  1769. >Going over to her fridge freezer you confirm that she has officially drained herself of all her food
  1770. >You're not sure whether if it's from stupidity or brilliantly efficient planning on her part
  1771. >One thing you are sure of though, is that you're hungry
  1772. >Another rumble from Sunset confirms that the feeling is mutual
  1773. “So should we head down to the market to pick something up?”
  1774. >She actually flinches at that
  1775. >Her eyes dart back and forth as she opens and closes her mouth several times
  1776. >You could've sworn you saw the light bulb go off as a look of realisation comes over her
  1777. >“There's actually no need, I have groceries coming in tomorrow morning”
  1778. “Ok, but what are we going to do about today?”
  1779. >She droops slightly at that, muttering under her breath
  1780. >As her mutterings get louder, but no more coherent she sways on her feet
  1781. >One of her hands ends up slipping from the counter but she soon catches herself
  1782. >Only for her other hand to slip as well
  1783. >This time she's not so successful in righting herself
  1784. >Quickly stepping forward you grab her under the armpits and lift her back to her feet
  1785. >You hold your hands out ready to catch her as she steadies herself
  1786. >When she tries to wave you off you place a hand on her shoulder to keep her steady
  1787. “Are you sure you're okay Sunset?”
  1788. >You squint at her, trying to see any signs of an incoming lie
  1789. >She looks at you but quickly diverts her gaze
  1790. >Twiddling with her hands you barely catch her mumbling something
  1791. “You're gonna need to speak up Sunset”
  1792. >Taking a deep breath she brushes your hand off and finally looks at you
  1793. >Though her gaze is steely initially it soon falters as she wobbles on her legs
  1794. >“I think I still have a concussion”
  1795. “What?”
  1796. >Before you're able to question her further her legs give out
  1797. >Luckily she doesn't lose consciousness as she quickly grips onto your shoulders
  1798. >You instinctively wrap your own arms around her to stop her from toppling over
  1799. >All too quickly you become aware of the situation you're in
  1800. >Manoeuvring yourself, you stand beside her and keep one of her arms around you
  1801. >Moving over to the sofa you turn her around and gently set her down
  1802. >The feeling seems to be coming back to her legs as you see her use them to push herself back, but her eyes are still slightly glazed over
  1803. >Sitting on the arm rest beside her you quickly check the bandaging on her head
  1804. >It hasn't been soaked with blood so her head hasn't split open
  1805. >Maybe she just didn't get enough rest
  1806. >Heaving a sigh you crouch in front of her to try and get her to look at you
  1807. >Shaking one of her legs manages to get her to stir
  1808. >Seemingly becoming aware of how she's nearly passing out she shakes her head back and forth to try and wake herself up
  1809. >You quickly grab her head before she worsens her condition
  1810. >This gets her attention luckily and her eyes snap to meet yours
  1811. “Why didn't you tell me sooner?”
  1812. >She attempts to turn away but you hold her head in place
  1813. >In her current condition she can't pull away so she attempts to look anywhere else
  1814. >When she realises you aren't going to budge she takes a deep breath and turns back to you
  1815. >“I- I didn't want you worrying about me all the time, I can take care of myself”
  1816. >The stupidity of her reasoning is second only to her petulant tone
  1817. >Finally releasing her head you stand up
  1818. >Her eyes follow you as you move over to your bag
  1819. >Pulling out your phone you turn on your data and look up local pizza in the search bar
  1820. >Finding the one closest to the apartment you call them up
  1821. >As you confirm you've got the right number you see her perk up
  1822. >You end up ordering a large half meat lovers, half vegetarian with drinks and a tub of ice cream
  1823. >The last one was much to your chagrin, but to Sunset's delight
  1824. >She actually tried to grab the phone from your hands, she wanted to order some so badly
  1825. >With the order set you hang up and chuck your phone on the table
  1826. “There, food secured, my treat”
  1827. >Her eyes turn to the size of dinner plates at that
  1828. >Slumping on the sofa you are soon accosted by Sunset pressing herself against your side
  1829. >You attempt to lean away but you only end up cornering yourself against the arm rest
  1830. >She looks you up and down and eventually gives you back your personal space
  1831. >“What's the catch?”
  1832. >Your eyebrow is getting tempted to move to the upper area of your forehead permanently at this rate
  1833. >Settling back down in the sofa you're relieved to find your back doesn't ache anymore
  1834. “There is no catch, you need to take care of that concussion. That means no doing anything stupid, so what do you say to me crashing here for one more day?”
  1835. >She's taken aback slightly by you're reasoning but appreciates it none the less
  1836. >“Thanks, I... I haven't been cared for like this since I was a filly back home, it's... nice”
  1837. >She shoots a small smile at you and you can't help but return it
  1838. >“What about you?”
  1839. >You hum slightly at that, not entirely sure what she means
  1840. >“When were you last cared for?”
  1841. >You scratch your chin as you go back down memory lane
  1842. “Actually I had recently recovered from an illness that Adagio was helping me get over about a week before...”
  1843. >You don't bother finishing the sentence but you can tell she understands your meaning
  1844. >Not feeling up for going through that pity party of apologies again you ask her about what her own family was like
  1845. >For a while she regales you with tales of her home, you were from the same world but you never got that far inland until the day you found the portal
  1846. >It's amusing to hear what ponies did after hearing so many rumours about it
  1847. >For what feels like ages she goes over her time before and after becoming Celestia's student
  1848. >You're sort of annoyed at the fact that the delivery made it here early
  1849. >Grumbling Sunset goes to stand but you quickly press down on her shoulder forcing her to sit again
  1850. “My treat, remember?”
  1851. >“Oh, right. Force of habit”
  1852. >You make your way over to the door, grabbing the wallet from your bag as you do
  1853. >Unlocking and opening the door you're met with a typical punk rock girl
  1854. >Too many chains, a few piercings and blowing bubblegum
  1855. >If there was a prize for most typical teenage girl working a minimum wage job
  1856. >She does seem to perk up when she notices you
  1857. >She straightens up, tidies her uniform a bit and puts on what you think are supposed to be bedroom eyes
  1858. >“Well hey there cutie, what's a guy like you doing ordering all this?”
  1859. >You manage to suppress your urge to groan
  1860. >You can't help but remember the dozen or so girls the three of you had to shoot down when you first came here
  1861. >Whilst you're tempted to pay and shut the door a thought crosses your mind
  1862. >It has been a while since you had fun
  1863. >Relaxing your shoulders you lean against the doorway and give her a small smirk
  1864. “Oh you don't even know, somedays I can eat out for hours on end”
  1865. >Your smirk grows as her jaw drops
  1866. >Placing a hand on top of the box you make it so your fingers are just a tiny bit away from hers
  1867. “Eat take out of course”
  1868. >She jumps slightly and you see her confidence start to break
  1869. >Probably never got this far before
  1870. >“Oh yeah right that's- that's what I thought you meant. I knew that.”
  1871. >As she hands over the pizza you place it besides your feet and fish the money out of your wallet
  1872. >“So um uh-”
  1873. >Hook, line
  1874. >“I get off my shift in about an hour, don't suppose you could save a slice or two for me?”
  1875. >Sinker
  1876. >As you're about to put the finishing touch on this you feel a hand grip your shoulder
  1877. >You both jump, though you're not sure who was more startled
  1878. >“Sorry girlie, but I've got a big appetite”
  1879. >With that Sunset firmly slams the door
  1880. >Party pooper
  1881. >Rolling your eyes you just grab the pizza and follow after her
  1882. >She ends up having to grip the sofa to steady herself back onto it but she still seems fine
  1883. >Placing the pizza on the table you pop it open and dive in to grab a slice
  1884. >Not a good idea, you're pretty sure you're gonna end up giving yourself some kind of burn on your hand but you refuse to give in
  1885. >You switch the slice from hand to hand as you eat away at it slowly
  1886. >Eventually it cools off enough that you can hold it and enjoy the savoury mix of various meats
  1887. >You soon become aware that Sunset still hasn't touched any of the pizza
  1888. >She's hasn't moved from where she sat and has crossed her arms
  1889. >Leaning over you nudge her
  1890. >Shifting her gaze to you, you point to the pizza
  1891. >She simply grumbles and grabs a slice and stuffs half of it into her mouth
  1892. >You slide back and try to enjoy your slice but you're put off by how violently she's attacking her own
  1893. >Is that what it looked like when you ate as a Siren
  1894. >You can see why creatures were put off
  1895. >Having finished eating her slice in just two bites she swallows it downs and lets out a deep breath
  1896. >Seemingly hit by the good vibes that come inherent with all pizza she seems to calm down slightly
  1897. >Gripping her jeans she looks back and forth between them and the pizza
  1898. >She soon leans over and grabs a slice of the meat lovers side and immediately starts tearing into it
  1899. >Ok you're not stupid
  1900. “You're annoyed I flirted with her aren't you?”
  1901. >Her eyes widen and she ends up choking on a bit of pizza but at least you have her attention again
  1902. >“What-”
  1903. >Sunset is racked with coughs before she's able to get the second word out
  1904. >As she tries to dislodge the pizza you give her a hard slap on the back which seems to do the trick
  1905. >Luckily she just swallows it rather than spitting it onto the floor
  1906. >She takes in a few deep breaths before continuing
  1907. >“What gave you that idea?”
  1908. >You roll your eyes and finish off your slice and push the pizza back a bit
  1909. “A few things, the venomous tone when you spoke to the girl, the death grip on my shoulder, you nearly breaking your own door off it's hinges.”
  1910. >As you list off the reasons she shrinks into herself more and more
  1911. >When you finish she's put her slice down and takes another deep breath
  1912. >“I dunno why I didn't like it, I just- I just thought she looked like bad news, sort of looked like a drop out, not the kind of girl you want to get with you know?”
  1913. >You simply sit back and listen, leaving her question to hang in the air
  1914. >“Basically... we're supposed to be friends now, and friends watch each other's back, I just wanted you to know I have yours”
  1915. >As she goes on a smile creeps it's way onto her face
  1916. >Returning the smile you begin chuckling before going into full laughter
  1917. >Obviously confused you go into your plan of setting her up to deny her anyway
  1918. >You had expected her to join you in laughing but she only seems put off
  1919. >“That isn't that funny Anon”
  1920. “You were just saying how I shouldn't get with her”
  1921. >“Yeah but that doesn't mean you have to be cruel about it”
  1922. >You slump back into the sofa and grumble
  1923. >What a way to kill the mood
  1924. >“I'm serious Anon”
  1925. >Looking back at Sunset you see that she's genuinely upset by this
  1926. >“When Incognito shot down Dash months ago she was broken up about it, heck I think she still might be. It isn't that funny on the other side”
  1927. >You let out a sigh at the mention of one of your few missteps since coming here
  1928. >Not keeping Incognito in line
  1929. >Sunset lets out a sigh too and leans forward a bit
  1930. >“But I- I shouldn't make a big deal out of this. Sorry, you did hit Incog about it anyway, so I know you get it. It's just that it isn't just Rainbow who's been hurt by a guy when it comes to me and the girls, so it's a bad topic for me.”
  1931. >She waves both her hands and shakes her head in an attempt to clear the awkwardness that's built
  1932. >As she reaches for another slice you speak up
  1933. “I didn't”
  1934. >She lets out a hmph as she now has a mouthful of pizza
  1935. “I didn't hit him because he hurt your friend. It was because he left an impression”
  1936. >Her chewing slows as she processes your words
  1937. >Quickly finishing her food she turns to face you again
  1938. >“An impression. You said that's what let's us remember you guys when everyone else forgets”
  1939. >You simply nod and you see her start to put the pieces together
  1940. >Before she's able to say anything you speak
  1941. “I think I want to try though”
  1942. >She's stopped in her tracks and raises an eyebrow at you
  1943. “I think your frou-frou garbage is rubbing off on me, but I think I want to try and not be such a dick. Like you said, we're supposed to be friends, watch each other's backs and all”
  1944. >She squints and looks you over
  1945. >Not seeing any sign of dishonesty, she bursts into a smile and place a hand on your leg
  1946. >“Trying is all I ask”
  1947. >With the tension gone you go back to your abandoned food
  1948. >As you see her grab another meat lovers slice you have to sate your curiosity
  1949. “Aren't ponies herbivores?”
  1950. >She giggles slightly at this
  1951. >As you make your way through the rest of your pizza she tells you how she got around to eating meat for the first time, and how she got used to it in her diet
  1952.  
  1953. >You are Sunset Shimmer and you feel great
  1954. >Whilst your weekend had a... rough start to put it gently
  1955. >It had picked up a lot
  1956. >You got nursed back to health by a doting stallion, man, fish thing
  1957. >You got through that ridiculous group assignment without tearing out your hair
  1958. >You got cooked a nice breakfast
  1959. >Though it did end up going cold
  1960. >Then you got a pizza
  1961. >Which he paid for
  1962. >Quite frankly you've been wondering whether you died after banging your head and went to heaven
  1963. >Sadly you're reminded that you're still alive as another throbbing pain washes over you
  1964. >Groaning, you roll onto your side and curl into a ball in the hope the new position will somehow stop the headaches
  1965. >At least you've gotten over the worst of it
  1966. >Literally falling into Anonymous' arms yesterday was beyond embarrassing
  1967. >It wasn't the most womanly thing to do
  1968. >Yet he seemed fairly alright with it
  1969. >Whereas most guys would be put off with the idea of having to take care of a girl rather than be taken care of, he treated it like the most normal thing in the world
  1970. >From what you learned about Siren hierarchy it might very well have been
  1971. >While the girl Sirens are generally stronger there have been enough cases of even stronger males for their gender roles to even out
  1972. >You had already asked him a dozen questions but you had thousands more
  1973. >It felt like you had barely even seen the iceberg at this point
  1974. >Twilight would probably need to open a whole new library for all the information he could give you
  1975. >But that will have to wait
  1976. >You're here to befriend him, not interrogate him
  1977. >Though you haven't been doing much befriending honestly
  1978. >About 98% of his time here was spent feeding you, making sure you didn't keel over and doing work
  1979. >You are glad that you made a bit of progress with him last night
  1980. >He clearly has a lot to learn though
  1981. >Seeing as how he took joy in the idea of turning down and potentially humiliating that delivery girl, makes that much obvious
  1982. >But he did say he'd try
  1983. >Honestly, despite what you said to the girls and Twilight, you weren't sure if you were even going to get that much
  1984. >But now you know
  1985. >So you're gonna give it your all
  1986. >You owe the three of them that much at least
  1987. >Speaking of Anonymous
  1988. >As you shift around on the couch you feel his legs sliding over yours
  1989. >As the two of you tore through the pizza you noticed how cold it had been getting
  1990. >Not wanting you to exert yourself he got up and grabbed your duvet from your bed and threw it over you
  1991. >You weren't sure if it was because he wasn't cold or because he was shy but he was adamant in not sharing
  1992. >But as he settled on your sofa for the second night in a row he had ended up lying down
  1993. >Most of his body was propped up against the back, but his legs had managed to reach you
  1994. >It was an interesting sensation
  1995. >With each breath he took you could feel his legs shift ever so slightly
  1996. >They were light yet firm
  1997. >You could feel the muscles moving, tensing and shifting as he stirred in his sleep
  1998. >He had lean muscle like his brother Incognito yet they were less defined
  1999. >It made it hard to tell who was physically stronger of the three, even if Anon led them
  2000. >As you rolled over for the umpteenth time you couldn't ignore your body's restlessness anymore
  2001. >Letting out a small groan you slowly peel the duvet off you, revealing yourself to the cold air of your home
  2002. >Powering through it you throw it off completely and stretch out
  2003. >But not before slowly moving Anon's legs off you
  2004. >You let your shoulders slump after your stretches reward you with some satisfying clicks, cracks and pops that send shivers down your spine
  2005. >As your systems slowly boot up you rub the sleep out of your eyes and go to quench your thirst
  2006. >After downing a long glass of water you feel refreshed and ready for the day
  2007. >After you take a shower
  2008. >You hadn't been able to do a very thorough job the other day with how quickly Anon arrived
  2009. >You just hope Anon didn't notice it too much
  2010. >The thought of word spreading of you being a slob made you shudder
  2011. >You're in high school, you're supposed to be over the whole unhygienic phase from your puberty days
  2012. >Though now that you think about it you never really had that here
  2013. >Being a grown mare in a teenage girl's body does wonders for your self confidence
  2014. >It also helped you lead stallions on by a string back before Twilight slapped your shit with friendship
  2015. >You still haven't really thanked her properly for that
  2016. >Maybe you could send her a fruit basket
  2017. >Though there's no guarantee if it would be a fruit basket when it got there
  2018. >After all the portal turned ponies into humans, and dragons into dogs
  2019. >Though it did turn the six Sirens into humans too
  2020. >Magic really isn't a science by any measure
  2021. >You shake yourself out of your daze before you get lost in thought about the metaphysics of magic
  2022. >Hey that didn't hurt or make you want to throw up
  2023. >So you're definitely getting better
  2024. >As you head to the bathroom you've got your shirt off before you cross the threshold
  2025. >As what you just did dawns on you, you throw yourself into the bathroom slam the door shut and lock it
  2026. >You're tempted to wedge it shut but you'd probably have to rip your toilet out of the floor to do so
  2027. >Either that or have your shower and walk out and hope that Anon was still asleep when you nearly stripped
  2028. >But if he wasn't asleep you'd either have to clear it up or act like it didn't happen
  2029. >You are weighing your options
  2030. >You press your ear to the door and are glad to hear nothing other than the cars going past outside
  2031. >Hopefully Lady Luck was feeling generous and kept Anon asleep
  2032. >Steadying your breathing you get up and remove the rest of your clothing
  2033. >Checking yourself in the mirror you can't help but feel your pride well up
  2034. >After coming through the portal your body kept it's mature proportions as you went through school for the second time
  2035. >Despite that and your adult mind you still had to go through puberty sadly
  2036. >Nonetheless your maturity of body and mind still made you the envy of girls and the desire of guys
  2037. >Your knowledge of how to deal with your fluctuating metabolism as your body grew for a second time helped you to keep your figure in check
  2038. >You were also able to stop any blemishes from popping up by using proper cleaning products
  2039. >All of which led you to the killer figure you've got now
  2040. >Running your hands over your body you only feel your pride increase as they run over your ample bosom and wide hips
  2041. >Your pride does take a hit as you manage to grab a bit of your stomach
  2042. >Maybe you should ask one of the girls for some tips to trim yourself down a bit
  2043. >Fluttershy doesn't eat much and you love food, so it's a no for her
  2044. >Then there's Pinkie, you're pretty sure she has some magical entity inside her that lets her do the weird stuff she does and that's where all the food she eats goes
  2045. >Theoretically you could get a demon if you made a quick stop in Equestria but the downsides probably wouldn't be worth a slimmer figure
  2046. >Twilight is similar to Fluttershy so that's another no
  2047. >Rainbow, Applejack or Rarity have potential though
  2048. >The first two would insist on exercise but you don't want to bulk up
  2049. >Rarity would probably insist on a too tight corset though, and that isn't much better
  2050. >You really don't have any good options
  2051. >Maybe some guys like having something to grab onto
  2052. >You decide this is a problem for another day
  2053. >Shaking your head to clear the worry you hop into the shower
  2054. >This time you make sure to do a much more thorough clean
  2055. >You actually end up using all the products Rarity gave you
  2056. >Including the weirdly shaped brushes made to reach certain areas
  2057. >By the end of it you're pretty sure you've dropped at least five pounds of grime you didn't know you had, from places you didn't know you could get grime in
  2058. >Needless to say you feel very light and very happy
  2059. >Wrapping the towel around yourself, you grab a hold of your toothbrush and hair-dryer
  2060. >While cleaning the taste of pizza and ice cream out of your mouth you go about putting your hair in a few different styles
  2061. >Eventually you settle on your usual style as you always do
  2062. >Finishing up, you wash out the toothpaste and finally make your way out the bathroom
  2063. >As you make your way to your dresser you see Anon begin to stir on the sofa
  2064. >As he shakes himself awake he runs a hand over his face and takes in his surroundings
  2065. >He briefly goes stiff, probably from not being in his house, but relaxes just as quickly
  2066. >As he scans the house he spots you
  2067. >His gaze lingers on you for a few seconds before he grumbles something to himself
  2068. >Getting up he stretches as he heads over to your bathroom, locking the door behind him
  2069. >Taking that as your chance you head to your bedroom and quickly throw your clothes on before he gets out
  2070. >After doing a once over in the mirror to make sure you look good, you head down to the kitchen to make yourself some breakfast
  2071. >You didn't have anything for a proper meal after you botched up the salad yesterday, but you still have some bread to make yourself some toast
  2072. >As you happily munch away on the half decent snack your mind wanders to everything and nothing
  2073. >Before you know it you've finished and are just grabbing at thin air
  2074. >As you throw the plate in the sink you hear the click of the bathroom door and a knock from the front
  2075. >Waving at Anon as he makes his way out of the bathroom you hurry over to the front door
  2076. >Your glad your assumption on who it was, was right
  2077. >An old and slightly portly lady stands before you with a few boxes of the food you'd ordered from the nearby grocery store
  2078. >Signing off on the delivery you begin the tedious process of unloading everything
  2079. >As you're carrying a particularly heavy load of food into the kitchen you find it suddenly getting a lot lighter
  2080. >Fearing you might have dropped it you look to the floor to see, thankfully, no food has been ruined on it
  2081. >Looking in front of you, you see Anon heaving the heavy load into the kitchen
  2082. >After setting it down he wordlessly walks past you with a bored expression as he makes his way back to the groceries
  2083. >Hurrying over to the kitchen you dropped what you had left and head back to help him
  2084. >You're surprised when you see him carry a particularly large load of food, though you notice his belt gleaming as he does
  2085. >As you grab the last of the groceries the old woman shoots a smirk at you
  2086. “What?”
  2087. >You try to not sound aggressive, as you shuffle the food around so it sits more comfortably in your arms
  2088. >“It's always nice to have a boyfriend willing to help isn't it?”
  2089. >You nearly drop the food as you splutter at her words
  2090. “He- he is definitely not my boyfriend”
  2091. >As you try to laugh it off the situation only gets more awkward as she stares at you
  2092. >After she doesn't move for a while you take another glimpse at her and see her eyes have glazed over
  2093. >As you reach out to shake her, a jolt goes through her body as the glazed looks fade
  2094. >“Oh I'm sorry dear, what were you saying?”
  2095. >You take a step back slightly as he voice takes a more monotone voice
  2096. >It's like if Maud suddenly aged up 50 odd years
  2097. “I was... I was just telling you how he...”
  2098. >You leave the words hanging there but she simply cocks her head to the side slightly
  2099. “...that he wasn't my boyfriend, remember?”
  2100. >“Who isn't your boyfriend dear?”
  2101. “The guy just now, a bit taller than me, green hair, question-mark tattoo?”
  2102. >She turns her head to the side a bit more as a look of confusion crosses her mind
  2103. >“I didn't know you had a boy here, do treat him well. Oh look at that, I have to deliver the other groceries, enjoy your food”
  2104. >As she hauls the now empty boxes back to the truck she waves at you
  2105. >You awkwardly raise your hand and give a stiff wave back
  2106. “Y- you too”
  2107. >Blinking several times your nostrils flare as you let out an indignant snort
  2108. >Slamming the door shut you march over to the kitchen
  2109. >Not caring for them much anymore, you drop the groceries onto the counter haphazardly
  2110. “Anonymous! I want to talk to you”
  2111. >Hearing footsteps from the side you see Anon approaching you
  2112. >Neutral expression and hands in his pockets he stops in front of you
  2113. >“What's up Sunset?”
  2114. “I talked to that delivery woman, and you came up briefly-”
  2115. >“Only good things I hope”
  2116. >As a small smirk tugs at his lips, you hold up a hand to stop him from doing anything else
  2117. >Lowering your hand you glare at him which make him shuffle uncomfortably
  2118. “But the funny thing is, about halfway through mentioning you, something weird happened, and suddenly she forgot she even saw you. Weird don't you think?”
  2119. >You put ridiculous emphasis on the word, weird, and cross your arms at him
  2120. >He rolls his eyes and takes long strides over to your groceries, looking over them briefly
  2121. >“So what? She was old, her memories probably failing, heck she might not have even given you the right groceries”
  2122. >You shoot another glare at him and let out a small groan
  2123. >“I mean, look at this, she put a whole bag of kale in with this stuff, a whole bag”
  2124. >Snatching the food from him you slam it down on the counter which gets his attention properly
  2125. “The glazed look she got, was a lot like the one that a teacher of mine got when Incognito made her ignore him”
  2126. >His pupils actually shrink a bit at this but he soon regains his composure and shrugs his shoulders
  2127. >As he moves to get away from you, you put a hand to his cheek and force him to face you again
  2128. “Anon, I'm gonna give you one chance to admit what you did”
  2129. >He glowers at you slightly and you can see he wants to argue
  2130. >However as he opens his mouth he pauses briefly
  2131. >His eyes dart down and he seems to thinking over his words
  2132. >As this goes on he seems to get more agitated
  2133. >His foot taps the floor quicker and harder, and he grips the counter tighter until it starts to give a little
  2134. >Slumping forward he lets out an exasperated groan and rolls his eyes before pulling away from you
  2135. >“Alright you got me, I did the thing I've been doing for a year, big surprise”
  2136. >The way he mocking says, big surprise, makes him sound like a petulant child
  2137. >“Big whoop, she forgot I was here, what's the harm?”
  2138. “The harm? Anon I thought you were trying to be better, but you're not even doing anything to change”
  2139. >He rolls his eyes at you again
  2140. >“Look, it's not a big deal, you and the girls can still remember us, what does it matter if a bunch of nobodies I'll never meet again forget me?”
  2141. “It's the principal of the thing”
  2142. >“So basically, you don't actually have a real reason for why I shouldn't do this?”
  2143. >You plant your head in your hands and let out a muffled scream
  2144. >This guy is gonna drive you nuts
  2145. >Thing were going so well
  2146. >“Look it doesn't matter, even if I wanted to put down the Field, I couldn't”
  2147. >That revelation actually shocks you
  2148. “What do you mean?”
  2149. >You can tell he's said something he'd rather not
  2150. >The fact he's frozen up and then quickly starts listing off some nonsense is proof enough
  2151. >As you step up to him he starts backing away until he hits a wall
  2152. >Is this how he felt when he had you backed against a lamp post
  2153. >It feels weird, in a good way
  2154. “Anon, what do you mean?”
  2155. >He starts getting agitated again
  2156. >Only this time he doesn't calm down again
  2157. >He actually growls at you
  2158. >You see his belt gleam and for just a split second you see piercing eyes and fangs
  2159. >Stumbling backwards a bit he pushes himself off the wall and heads towards your sofa
  2160. >Grabbing his bag he slings it across his shoulder and heads to the door
  2161. >“I don't have to tell you anything about us. I knew coming here would be a mistake”
  2162. >The last bit is only whispered but you still catch it loud and clear
  2163. >As he slams the door behind him you feel a pang in your chest
  2164. >What did he mean by 'the Field'?
  2165. >So many questions, and now you've pissed off one of the three people that could tell you
  2166. >You feel bad for pushing him about it
  2167. >The day has all but come and gone as you trudge down the street
  2168. >After your argument with Anon, you weren't really sure what to do with the rest of the day
  2169. >You had put away all the groceries, but by the time you were done it was past the afternoon
  2170. >It's not like you had a particularly big order come in either
  2171. >It's just that as you went over your argument with him in your head over and over you would zone out
  2172. >Honestly you were thankful you had gotten a call from work
  2173. >Someone got sick from sampling the sushi, not knowing it had gone bad
  2174. >So you were the one they called to cover the shift
  2175. >You've still got an hour before it starts but you needed to get out of the house
  2176. >Hopefully some fresh air and relaxing in the mall will help clear your head
  2177. >“Hey Sunset!”
  2178. >After zoning out again you're brought back to reality by a scratchy voice calling to you
  2179. >Looking over your shoulder you see Rainbow Dash coming up to you in jogging gear
  2180. “I thought you did your jogs earlier than this Rainbow?”
  2181. >Finally catching up to you, Rainbow slows to a walk to keep pace with you
  2182. >“Yeah, normally I do, but I got bored so I thought I'd do another for fun”
  2183. >Thinking back to the slight bit of give your stomach had earlier, you can't help but wonder if running would be a good way to slim down
  2184. >You're hesitant to bring it up with Rainbow seeing as she might end up going overboard with workout jargon you won't get
  2185. >But then again you're not gonna get anywhere without trying
  2186. >You take the plunge and bring it up with Rainbow
  2187. >Her eyes immediately light up and she lets out a squee that would put Fluttershy to shame
  2188. >Realising that she was the one who squeed she slaps her hands over her mouth and darts her head back and forth
  2189. >After confirming that no one but you noticed she relaxes slightly
  2190. >Grabbing your arm she pulls you close and immediately starts going over her own workout routine
  2191. >Jogs, runs, sprints, the routes she uses
  2192. >Push-ups, sit-ups, pull-ups, how many to do and how to do them the most efficiently
  2193. >Honestly with how quickly she's listing off stuff you're wondering if it's Pinkie in a Rainbow Dash costume
  2194. >You wouldn't be surprised, she's done it before
  2195. >As she starts moving onto weight lifting you try to get her attention
  2196. >Sadly she's gone into her own little world of workout
  2197. >You only just now notice how she's started to drag you to the mall at a jog
  2198. >“But before we can do all that there's something very important you need to get first”
  2199. >As she bursts through the doors you're terribly aware of how many people are watching you
  2200. >As you're dragged past the sushi place you wave at one of your co-workers
  2201. >You can see that they're pretty swarmed today with how full the place is
  2202. >Sadly their look of hope is quickly dashed as you're gone as quickly as you came
  2203. >“There's only one place to get what you need, and here we are”
  2204. >As the world finally stops moving you slam into Rainbow as she comes to a halt
  2205. >She isn't even slightly shifted when you collide with her
  2206. >How much of her is muscle anyway
  2207. >Shaking away the daze you look up to see yourself outside the mall's gym and sports clothing store
  2208. “Rainbow would you listen to me for a second”
  2209. >You finally manage to wench your hand from her vice grip
  2210. >Rubbing it slightly you turn to her
  2211. >She stares at you, slightly bewildered by your outburst
  2212. >Luckily she's finally stopped talking so you can get her attention
  2213. “I appreciate this, I really do, but I don't need all this stuff. I'm not looking to workout just trim down is all, that's why I asked about jogging, that's all I want to do”
  2214. >She throws her head back and lets out a groan
  2215. >“But that's so boring Sunset, exercise is about all the different kinds you can do, there's aerobic and cardio, there's strength and-”
  2216. >You decide to deal with this the same way you deal with Pinkie
  2217. >Clasping a hand over her mouth shuts her up well enough
  2218. >Though you can still hear her muffled voice listing off exercises through your hands
  2219. “Rainbow I get it, exercise is great, or so you say, but can you please just help me lose weight instead of bulk up?”
  2220. >You know you're doing the equivalent of asking Pinkie Pie to only make a light party with a few guests, but you're just too tired to go along with Rainbow today
  2221. >Rainbow's eyes dart back and forth and then she gives you a nod
  2222. >With the murmuring having stopped you take the hint and remove your hands
  2223. >She takes a few deep breaths then goes quiet
  2224. >She snaps her fingers then turns to you
  2225. >“Alright I think I can modify my routine for simple weight loss, though you're still gonna want some sports wear at least, trust me you don't want sweaty home clothes. I made that mistake once, never again”
  2226. >She lets out a small chuckle which you can't help but join in on
  2227. >With a beckoning wave she heads into the shop
  2228. >Deciding to follow her of your own free will this time you go after her
  2229. >As you enter you're hit with an overwhelming smell of sweat from the gym
  2230. >As you resist the urge to gag you look around at what's available
  2231. >You're actually distracted from the smell briefly from the sight in front of you
  2232. >You can tell why Rainbow comes here
  2233. >There is literally everything you could want if you're into sports
  2234. >Baseball and cricket bats, hockey sticks, polo mallets and equipment for other sports stacked to the ceiling
  2235. >Every clothing rack is lined with every kind of sports wear, for warm or cold climates
  2236. >Every size, colour and style of shoe fill the walls
  2237. >Then there are the cages upon cages that are full of any and every kind of ball you'd want
  2238. >You shake your head before you think about that last one too much
  2239. >Looking around the store you see Rainbow inspecting some light sports clothing
  2240. >As you approach her, she takes several shirts and sweatpants off of the racks and measures them against each other
  2241. >When you get beside her she starts placing the shirts against you
  2242. >With a curt nod she dumps half a dozen shirts and sweatpants into your arms
  2243. >As you look over the clothes you raise an eyebrow at her
  2244. >She simply shoots a grin at you in response
  2245. >“All these are made of slightly different blends of materials, find the ones that feel best, you want comfort as well as practicality when jogging”
  2246. “Wow Rainbow I'm surprised”
  2247. >Her grin simply grows at your praise
  2248. >“At how great I am with sports? Yeah, I get that a lot”
  2249. “Oh no, it isn't that...”
  2250. >Now it's her turn to raise an eyebrow at you
  2251. “...I mean first, you become a total egghead reading stuff like Daring Do. But now you're basically a fashionista with how much you love this sports clothing stuff. I bet Rarity would love to compare notes”
  2252. >It takes all your willpower to hold back your laughter as her jaw drops
  2253. >She only makes it harder as she starts sputtering at that
  2254. >“I- I am NOT an egghead, and I will NEVER be a fashionista like Rarity, she's super boyish. I meanwhile just have... practical knowledge about sports, we're totally different”
  2255. >You let out a small laugh which seems to calm Dash down
  2256. >That girl has an ego the size of Canterlot Castle
  2257. >But as they say, the bigger they are, etc
  2258. >Luckily you've all chipped in here and there so she isn't so insecure
  2259. >When she was going through puberty the slightest provocation would hang over her for a week or longer, and put a real dent in her self-confidence
  2260. >As you head over to the changing rooms you run your fingers over the material
  2261. >You can't really feel much of a difference to them, but checking the labels confirm that they are all different when it comes to the mix of fabrics
  2262. >You close the door of the changing room and go about changing into different combinations of all the clothing
  2263. >After going through all the clothing you settle on three different shirt and sweatpants so you'd have multiple choices
  2264. >The shirts are big enough that when you're relaxed they hang off you slightly
  2265. >However they're also tight enough that when you tense up they shift to accentuate your curves
  2266. >The sweatpants on the other hand accentuate your lower half even without tensing
  2267. >You feel a small bit of pride for having such assets
  2268. >However seeing it also reminds you of how close you are to losing the figure
  2269. >After asking Dash for her opinion and any last advice, you head to the check out
  2270. >After bagging up your stuff you notice it's nearly time for your shift
  2271. >Heading over to the sushi place you head in, much to the relief of your co-workers
  2272. >You can see each of their shoulders relax as they let out a sigh seeing that the loads about to lighten
  2273. >Sure maybe not much with how the place is still packed, but it'll be something at least
  2274. >Storing your bag away you change into your uniform then head to the serving table
  2275. >You begin taking orders, filling drinks and helping with cooking straight away
  2276. >Thankfully you aren't alone
  2277. >Rainbow decided to drop in to keep you company and stop you from pulling your hair out if anything gets out of hand
  2278. >Sure you've got your co-workers to help but having someone to talk to, even if it's with a passing comment, really helps you to relax and get into the rhythm of your work
  2279. >The day finally begins to wind down, and your workload with it luckily
  2280. >Who knew cutting fish and waiting on tables filled with screaming children could be so tiring
  2281. >At least the last remaining people here are nice
  2282. >There's a group of middle aged women getting drunk and smoking up a storm in the far corner
  2283. >It's a house rule to not allow any smoking in the restaurant
  2284. >But there's also an unspoken agreement between the store and that group that, if they keep it quiet, then they can smoke during the hour before the closing
  2285. >Other than them there's just you, Rainbow and two other co-workers
  2286. >“So how's that project you were assigned coming Sunset?”
  2287. >Looking up from the table you were wiping down, you see Rainbow chugging her third beer
  2288. >Honestly you don't know why she puts up with that stuff
  2289. >You've tried it, and it's awful
  2290. >Honestly you're ashamed to admit that the fruitier drinks are much better quality
  2291. >You've been able to keep your love for those drinks secret by only having them during your breaks
  2292. >Sure your co-workers see you but they all drink similar drinks, so if they wanted to bring you down you could do the same to them
  2293. >Having finished the last table you straighten up and stretch your back out
  2294. “It's done, though it wasn't easy I nearly fell asleep a few times while I was writing”
  2295. >As you head to the bar Rainbow slams her drink down and lets out a guffaw
  2296. >“I hear that, I can't wait to get out of school and go into pro sports. Then the only paperwork I'm gonna have to do will be signing contracts and autographs”
  2297. >With all the stock refilled and everywhere cleaned up except for the last occupied table you don't really have much to do
  2298. >After washing your hands, you lean on the bar towards Dash
  2299. “I wish I knew what I wanted to do with my life, like you do Dash”
  2300. >Rainbow nearly chokes on the last of her beer at that
  2301. >As she coughs and splutters, you slap her on the back to help her expel any beer that went down her windpipe
  2302. >When she finishes her coughing fit you offer her a napkin to wipe her face
  2303. >After cleaning away the beer and spit off herself she turns to you
  2304. >“What are you talking about Sunset? You're like one of the smartest people in the school”
  2305. >While Rainbow isn't exactly wrong she isn't exactly right either
  2306. >You earn Bs and As across most academic courses, like Math, Science, Languages, and History
  2307. >But you when it came to more specialised subjects you always ended up with Cs or Ds
  2308. >Things like Programming, Cooking, and Sports were all subjects you were lacking in
  2309. >Meanwhile people like Twilight, Pinkie Pie, Micro Chip, or Rainbow Dash excelled in those areas
  2310. >Probably a result of studying under Celestia
  2311. >While a lot of what you learned was useless without your horn, you still had to do a lot of studying
  2312. >Luckily after about a year you were able to apply what you studied and translate it to the subjects you learned here
  2313. >It made you a Jill of All Trades but a Master of None
  2314. >While you could probably get a decent job with your predicted qualifications, none of the subjects really spoke to you
  2315. >The only time you really felt you were where you belonged was when you were by Celestia's side
  2316. >But you were too stupid to know what you had until it was gone
  2317. “Yeah, I know Rainbow but none of it... feels right, you know? I thought I was gonna become a powerful sorceress back in Equestria. THAT was my plan, but now I don't know what to do.”
  2318. >You rest your head on your arms and feel yourself deflate
  2319. >As you let your head fall onto the bar you feel a hand squeeze your shoulder
  2320. >Looking up, you see Rainbow shooting you a comforting smile
  2321. >“Come on Sunset, I know you're bummed out, but you have your whole life to figure it out. Hey maybe you could go into music.”
  2322. >The thought had occurred to you, but you know it wouldn't work out
  2323. >Your love for music came hand in hand with the fact you got to play with your friends
  2324. >But you knew they wouldn't abandon their own pursuits just to keep your band together, and you certainly weren't going to ask them to
  2325. >But she was right about how much time you have for it
  2326. “Yeah, you're right Rainbow, it just gets me down when I think about it. But I'll just cross that bridge when I get to it”
  2327. >She hits you in the arm and shoots you a wink and an encouraging smile
  2328. >“Atta girl, now how about another?”
  2329. >You roll your eyes and grab another beer from the fridge and slide it over to her
  2330. >As you two sit in the comfortable silence your mind wanders back to Anon's words again
  2331. >Does he not have the power to undo his own spell, or is there something else to it
  2332. >As you get lost in your thoughts you're brought back to reality as the jingle of the door bell goes off
  2333. >Snapping your head up you see Pseudonymous and Fluttershy making their way in
  2334. >Fluttershy's leaning against his shoulder, her arms wrapped around his as she clasps his hand with hers
  2335. >They're both chuckling about something
  2336. >You clear your throat which snaps them out of their discussion
  2337. >Pseudo goes stock stiff and his eyes contract to pinpricks when he spots you
  2338. >He slowly leans down to Fluttershy and drops his voice, though not very well since you can still hear him
  2339. >“You didn't tell me she worked here”
  2340. >“I thought you knew since you suggested the place”
  2341. >“Yeah but I've never seen her here before”
  2342. “You probably came here when I wasn't on shift”
  2343. >You had slipped around the counter and crept up on the two as they went back and forth
  2344. >So when you finally spoke up it caused them both to jump
  2345. >With his height Pseudo came a hair away from concussing himself on the ceiling
  2346. >You couldn't help but laugh at that, and Rainbow was quick to join you
  2347. >Luckily he took it well and joined in too with a nervous chuckle
  2348. >You're glad that these three are a lot different than the average guys, it's a refreshing change to not have to walk on eggshells around them
  2349. “So what are you two lovebirds doing here?”
  2350. >Fluttershy presses herself against Pseudo at your light teasing
  2351. >Though you can tell she's happy if the small smile and light blush are anything to go by
  2352. >Pseudo just smiles down at her and ruffles her hair
  2353. >She doesn't take too kindly to this and immediately tries to push his hand away
  2354. >Though they both break out into giggles as they go back and forth
  2355. >When they settle down Pseudo turns back to you
  2356. >“We've been on a date and I was getting peckish. I know it's late but do you think you can whip anything up?”
  2357. >Admittedly you did have some spare sushi
  2358. >To keep up with the number of customers and the rate that the orders were coming in, the chefs made sushi that hadn't been ordered yet so that it was ready to be served if it did
  2359. >So you often ended up with spare sushi which the staff could snack on in their spare time
  2360. “Sure, we've got a little something I can serve up, take a seat”
  2361. >As you turn back to the bar you see Rainbow's face going between a smile and a grimace as she looks between Pseudo and Fluttershy
  2362. >Grumbling something she chugs the half full bottle and slams it down before leaving some money on the bar
  2363. >“It's getting late, so I should head out”
  2364. >“Oh um ok. Bye Dash, see you tomorrow?”
  2365. >Her face relaxes into a smile again as she looks to Fluttershy
  2366. >“Of course you will Shy, see you Sunset”
  2367. >She throws a wave behind her which you return
  2368. >As you grab the spare sushi you serve it up as best you can with how tired you are
  2369. >Pseudo seems happy enough as he immediately starts to dig into the food
  2370. >As you chat with Fluttershy about what they'd done earlier today, you can't help but poke fun here and there
  2371. >When she enquires about your day you bring up your time spent with Anonymous
  2372. >Now it's your turn to have fun poked at you
  2373. >However it's mostly Pseudo who pokes fun at you, with Fluttershy being too sweet to do so
  2374. >She really is one of, if not the nicest person you've met
  2375. >As you go over the time with Anonymous you inevitably get to the groceries
  2376. >You leave out 99% of what happened then
  2377. >Though you are tempted to ask Pseudo about it
  2378. >If Anon isn't willing to talk about it maybe his brother would be
  2379. >Though maybe it'd be best to wait until you can be alone with him
  2380. >You don't want to include the others in this if you can help it
  2381. >Rainbow is just looking for an opening to jump on those three
  2382. >The others are open to the idea but they're most likely still apprehensive, like you
  2383. >Learning that the three are still making people forget them won't look good
  2384. >As you ponder how to get Pseudo alone without being suspicious or raising rumours, the door slams open
  2385. >The three of you look up to the door
  2386. >Though you quickly drop your head and let out a groan as you realise who it is
  2387. >“Pseudo. Why am I not surprised to find you here?”
  2388. >Incognito storms up to the bar and stands on the other side of Pseudo who sits up to stare down his brother
  2389. >Fluttershy uses his size to hide herself from the brash blonde
  2390. >No surprise that she'd be uncomfortable around him
  2391. >“What do you want this time Incog? I'm busy”
  2392. >“Well get unbusy, Anon wants you back at the house an hour ago”
  2393. >Pseudo simply snorts at his brother and turns back to his sushi
  2394. >He makes a big show of eating it which causes Incognito to shift on his feet
  2395. >“Since when did you become Anon's lapdog?”
  2396. >You see Incog's eye twitch at that
  2397. >He slams his hands down on the bar and glowers at his older brother
  2398. >“Why don't you tell me when you became such a sick freak huh?”
  2399. >Finishing the last of the sushi Pseudo stands to his full height, crossing his arms at his brother, his face neutral
  2400. >As you ponder what Incog said you connect the dots between Sirens and sushi
  2401. >Even you're starting to feel uncomfortable around Pseudo now
  2402. >“Um Pseudo...” Your attention is brought to Fluttershy as you hear her meek voice try to speak up
  2403. >Pseudo also turns to face her, much to the annoyance of Incognito
  2404. >“... I think I'm gonna head home, this seems like a family matter”
  2405. >Pseudo's eyes widen at this and he cups Fluttershy's cheek
  2406. >“You don't need to go Fluttershy, Incog was just leaving to tell Anon that I'll get there when I get there.”
  2407. >He shoots a glare over his shoulder at Incognito
  2408. >“Isn't that right?”
  2409. >Incognito simply puts on a smug grin and crosses his own arms
  2410. >“I was told not to come back without you so... no”
  2411. >Fluttershy lets out a sigh and pulls away from Pseudo
  2412. >Quickly stepping forward she gives him a peck on the lips before backing towards the door
  2413. >“I'll see you at school tomorrow Pseudo”
  2414. >He simply stands there in silence as she leaves
  2415. >As the door chimes, signalling her leaving, a deep silence fills the restaurant
  2416. >You think of speaking up but you shut your mouth with a snap as you see Pseudo's hand clenching and unclenching
  2417. >With a deep breath he steadies himself
  2418. >“So I guess that means you can come right?”
  2419. >You can hear the smug in his voice as clearly as you can see it on his face
  2420. >Pseudo slowly straightens up and turns to face Incognito
  2421. >You are suddenly aware of just how big their difference in height is
  2422. >You thought he was big before but now you realise he was slouching most of the time
  2423. >With his back straight and his head held up as he glowers down at his younger brother he's easily gained an extra few inches in height
  2424. >With Incognito's expression you think that he's only becoming aware of it now as well
  2425. >“This had better be good”
  2426. >Turning on his heel he makes his way over to the door
  2427. >Incognito isn't so smug anymore after being towered over so totally, but he follows Pseudo anyway
  2428. >As they make there way to the door you realise the situation your in
  2429. >With how Fluttershy all but clings to Pseudo when he's around her you may not get another chance
  2430. “What's the Field?”
  2431. >It may not have made sense without context but at least it got their attention
  2432. >The two turn to face you again and raise an eyebrow at you
  2433. >“I'm sorry what was that Red?”
  2434. “Anonymous, he said something about a Field?”
  2435. >They both exchange confused glances before turning back to you
  2436. >You're really messing this up
  2437. >Taking a deep breath you go over the words in your head first before you stumble over them again
  2438. “We all know you three have been making people forget you, when I asked Anon to stop he said 'even if I wanted to put down the Field, I couldn't'”
  2439. >That's certainly gotten there attention
  2440. “What did he mean by that?”
  2441. >They both shuffle their feet looking anywhere but at you
  2442. >“I haven't the faintest clue Red, even if I did, I wouldn't tell you, let's go Pseudo”
  2443. >With a grunt Incognito wrenches the door open, slamming it against the wall again, and marches out
  2444. >You give Pseudo a pleading look but he merely shrugs his shoulders and follows after his diminutive brother
  2445. >As you let your head fall into your hands and let out a sigh, your phone pings
  2446. >Pulling it out you don't recognise the number
  2447. >However the text gives you a major hint
  2448. >-“I'll talk to him about it”-
  2449. >You give a small smile at that, feeling a wave of relief wash over you
  2450. >Finally relaxing you start working on setting the restaurant up to close
  2451.  
  2452. >You are currently heading home with Incognito
  2453. >Albeit begrudgingly, since he ruined the end of your day with Fluttershy by barging into the sushi place
  2454. >This must mean you're Pseudonymous
  2455. >As your shared house comes into view, you can't help but wonder why Anonymous would call you
  2456. >You'll admit, the situation is a cause for concern
  2457. >In the year you've been here, Anonymous has never called either of you to a meeting
  2458. >Whenever he's made strides in his plans, he's been perfectly fine with waiting until all three of you are at home before he goes over it
  2459. >But whatever the plan is, it's bound to be about the girls, they've always been a key factor to it
  2460. >Honestly it'd be impossible for anything else in this place to be the key to the plan
  2461. >Those seven are the biggest source of magic that this planet has
  2462. >If you don't include the book you recently obtained
  2463. >You start to wonder if there's anyway you could get that back to Sunset as you finally reach the door
  2464. >As Incognito starts unlocking the house you put that plan at the back of your mind
  2465. >For now you need to find out what Anonymous wants
  2466. >As well as try to figure out a way to bring up the Field with him
  2467. >“Anon, I found him”
  2468. >“Took you long enough”
  2469. >As you step over the threshold you see Anonymous sitting at the main table in the house
  2470. >Spread out in front of him and taking up nearly the whole table are the notes he usually keeps in his room
  2471. >You can't help but feel a flutter in the pit of your stomach
  2472. >Anon has always been very secretive about his plans, only ever bringing out what you and Incognito 'need to know'
  2473. >You and Incognito both complained about this when you first found out he had been hiding a majority of his plans from you two during your first few days here
  2474. >He had called it 'strategic ignorance', and that it was the contingency for if anyone found you three out before you were ready
  2475. >You three had argued for days on end about that
  2476. >Eventually it all boiled down to the fact that, he was the leader and you had to go along with it
  2477. >You could tell Incognito was still annoyed about it to this day, but when it came to you, honestly, you didn't care anymore
  2478. >Of course you wanted your sisters back, you wanted it more than anything, you wouldn't be here if that wasn't the case
  2479. >But after you botched the original plan with Fluttershy and ended up with her, you stopped caring about the 'when' it would happen
  2480. >You were happy to sit around all day with your girlfriend while Incognito made a fool of himself and Anon planned
  2481. >You'd be there if they needed you, but you were happy that, that wasn't the case
  2482. >Fluttershy
  2483. >She took up a lot of your thoughts these days
  2484. >Yet with all the time you take to think about her, you still can't wrap your head around what she did to you
  2485. >The original plan was to cast a very particular spell on her
  2486. >It was pure, unfiltered Siren magic
  2487. >The spell was complex, dangerous even, to the caster and the target
  2488. >But if done properly, the caster would gain complete control of the target's heart and mind
  2489. >During the Golden Age of Sirens, before Discord came along, it was your species' ultimate spell
  2490. >Sometimes it was to help a Changeling Hive feed
  2491. >Love that is given willingly, even through mind control, is much more potent than love forcefully taken after all
  2492. >If it wasn't used to help your allies it was used to help yourselves
  2493. >Mainly it was used to throw those who might want to put a stop to you off your trail
  2494. >There was just one hitch with it, you had to make the target fall for you
  2495. >Honest to the sea, fall in love type stuff
  2496. >Only then would their natural magical and mental defences be off guard enough for the spell to take root
  2497. >That was easy enough with Fluttershy
  2498. >Meek, weak, shy, and all around unpopular outside her circle of friends
  2499. >She was immediately singled out by Anon when he came up with taking one of the seven out of the picture
  2500. >You had her defences down within a week
  2501. >By simply talking with her, walking with her, and reassuring her, you made her putty in your hands
  2502. >But you just couldn't cast the spell
  2503. >You had chance after chance to do so, but you kept putting it off
  2504. >Because whilst you knew how to do the spell as well as the next Siren, there was another flaw to the spell
  2505. >They never teach you what to do if you fall for the target as well
  2506. >Everything about her made you fall for her
  2507. >Her smile, her scent, her hushed voice that spoke words that were only meant for you to hear
  2508. >Each time you prepared the spell you faltered and stopped yourself
  2509. >You just couldn't bring yourself to do it
  2510. >You were falling hard and you were about to hit the ground
  2511. >Anon was getting impatient and tired of your excuses
  2512. >So you had to throw him off your trail
  2513. >You started becoming clingy with Fluttershy, hand holding, hugging, kissing, the usual stuff
  2514. >But you did it a lot
  2515. >Like A LOT, a lot
  2516. >You played it off as being the clingy boyfriend stereotype this world was used to
  2517. >Of course Fluttershy didn't mind the constant attention
  2518. >The important part was that it got Anon off your back
  2519. >This is because your regular scent and the scent of your magic are practically indistinguishable
  2520. >Sirens can only smell magic, unlike unicorns who actually sense it's presence
  2521. >So it's worked to keep Anon in the dark, and has, hopefully, worked to let Sunset know you don't mean any harm
  2522. >You've been keeping the wool over Anon's eyes for months
  2523. >By getting physical with Fluttershy on a daily basis you've been able to keep him out of the loop
  2524. >But you don't know how long you can keep it up
  2525. >You know that one of these days, you're either gonna snap from the stress of lying all the time, or something else will go wrong and Anon will finally catch on
  2526. >The worst part is that you don't have a contingency plan for either
  2527. >You can mimic leading like Anon does, but you can't mimic his proficiency for planning
  2528. >None of the ideas you've come up with would work
  2529. >So you wait each day with baited breath, hoping the lie will hold together
  2530. >Because when it does fall apart, it's game over for you
  2531. >With how Sirens are so willing to backstab each other for territory of the sea, and with how long lived they are, they can play the longest cons to see their plans through
  2532. >That means family are the only ones you can trust, the pack is everything
  2533. >If you betray the pack, there will be very severe retribution
  2534. >You're honestly glad that Incog hadn't betrayed you two, like Anon thought
  2535. >He may be an ass, but he's your brother
  2536. >You love him like you love your sisters
  2537. >Not that it will matter if you're found out
  2538. >You do want to get them back, you just wish you didn't have to do it Anon's way
  2539. >But you aren't exactly strong enough to have the three of you do things your way
  2540. >So you go along with Anon's plans and hope you can find opening to slip your own ideas in to shift them
  2541. >Convincing him to befriend the girls was a big step in the right direction
  2542. >Yet you can't help but feel the confidence and hope you got from that step drain, as you look over all his notes
  2543. >Piles and piles of records and graphs and magical equations
  2544. >All to take down the girls and get their magic and you doubt he's brought the notes out to get rid of them
  2545. >“Sit down you two, there's a lot to discuss”
  2546. >Incog lets himself fall onto the chair, letting out a tired groan as he does
  2547. >You swallow your nerves and sit besides him
  2548. >As you two look to Anon you notice he hasn't taken his eyes off his notes since you came in
  2549. >He's shuffling them and moving from note to note, his eyes darting down the pages at impossible speeds
  2550. >Eventually he puts the last of his notes down and looks up at you both
  2551. >“Where have you been all day anyway?”
  2552. >You jump in your seat slightly as he addresses you
  2553. >Your nerves always get frayed during times like this
  2554. “I was just at the sushi place with Fluttershy”
  2555. >He makes a noise of disgust as he rolls his eyes
  2556. >“I can't believe you enjoy that garbage”
  2557. >With a sigh he scans over his notes briefly before his eyes dart back up
  2558. >“Doesn't matter, can't get distracted, we need to talk about the girls and the plans going forward”
  2559. >“Oh wow, you've really chosen to grace us with your secret plans? How gracious of you”
  2560. >Anon simply dismisses the sarcasm dripping off Incognito's words with a huff
  2561. >“Yes well, I reckon we're at a point where strategic ignorance is no longer necessary. We need to work together if we're going to pull this off now”
  2562. >You can't help but feel a lump form in your throat at the implications
  2563. >“We need information, lots of it, and I certainly can't get it on my own, so I'll need you two to assist”
  2564. >He shuffles some of his papers into two piles and hands them to you both
  2565. >“I've mainly been compiling information on Sunset, I assumed she was the catalyst for the magic of the group, seeing as she was the only Equestrian, but I might be wrong”
  2566. >As you flip through the papers you see a lot of in-depth analyses about the girl
  2567. >Comparative graphs of her magical capacity when she was a unicorn and now
  2568. >How her magic has shifted after her encounters with that Sparkle girl and the crazy hippie lady from your trip to Everfree
  2569. >Looking over to Incognito's notes you notice a lot of information regarding her personal history
  2570. >Her friends, her old mentor, all of which Anon has attributed to her magic as well
  2571. >“I want you two to work on compiling information of the magic of the other girls in her group”
  2572. >You both snap your heads up to look at him
  2573. >After a brief moment Incog stands up from his chair and ends up sending it flying into the wall
  2574. >“That's bullshit”
  2575. >Slamming his hands into the table he sends a few papers fluttering to the ground
  2576. >Taking a deep breath Anon heaves a sigh and begins picking up the papers
  2577. >You both look at him bewildered
  2578. >He's never willingly taken Incog's sarcasm and defiance so calmly
  2579. >Incognito actually grabs his chair and sits down, a look of total confusion on his face
  2580. >As Anon finishes off picking up the papers he speaks up
  2581. >“I'm not expecting either of you to get anywhere close to the amount of data I've gotten, I just need you to get as much as possible.”
  2582. >As he speaks his voice gets quieter, and his eyes drift down to his notes, his hands just gliding over the top of them, almost caressing them
  2583. >Clearing your throat he turns his head up but his eyes remain on his notes
  2584. “Anon are you- are you doing ok?”
  2585. >“He probably just misses his girlfriend Sunset, right Anon?”
  2586. >This finally gets a reaction out of Anon
  2587. >His eyes dart up to glare at Incog as he lets out a low grumble
  2588. >“Oh come on you can't sit there and actually tell me that, you going to her house, and spending two nights there, doesn't sound suspicious”
  2589. >“I told you after I got the call, it was reconnaissance and nothing else”
  2590. >“Oh really”
  2591. >Incog has now moved over to the other side of the table, moving some of the notes to lean his elbow on it
  2592. >After what felt like minutes he finally finished with his drawn out “really”
  2593. >“Because when I saw Pseudo in the sushi place I stopped at the door, and caught the tail end of the most interesting conversation”
  2594. >You can't help but perk up at that
  2595. >You don't remember smelling Incog at the door until he opened it
  2596. >Though the smoke might have thrown you off
  2597. >“Turns out you, the brave and kind Anon, nursed poor Sunset back to health, and you 'hung out' with her all day, making sure she didn't hurt herself more.”
  2598. >You can see Anon getting more annoyed as Incog goes on
  2599. >“But then, and it's so sad to hear this, you two had your first fight about the Field. I'd be annoyed that you let that little secret of ours slip, if it weren't so sad that your relationship was in jeopardy”
  2600. >As he finally finishes with an all too dramatic flare, he doubles over nearly toppling off the table as his laughter echoes through the house
  2601. >All the while Anon is glaring holes into the back of Incognito's head, wringing his hands together
  2602. >Taking a deep breath he speaks in a low voice
  2603. >“The spell didn't work”
  2604. >Despite how loud his laughter was you both heard Anonymous clearly
  2605. “What, you mean the song? How could it not work?”
  2606. >Heaving another sigh he pushes himself away from the table and stands up
  2607. >“I honestly don't know. The day after, she was in the perfect state to cast the spell, but then...”
  2608. >As he leaves his words to hang in the air he throws his arms up in exasperation
  2609. >“... something happened. I don't know what, or how, but I mentioned that Fluttershy girl and her defences just... restored themselves on their own. I couldn't do anything, I tried probing her mind while she was out during the night but I couldn't touch her”
  2610. >You and Incognito both share a look at that
  2611. >No wonder he's being more open about the plans
  2612. >If the girl can resist the Siren Song then it flips the plan on it's head
  2613. “So what do we do about it?”
  2614. >“It's like I said we need info”
  2615. >Anon leans on his hands and looks over his notes again
  2616. >Incognito even hops off the table and joins him
  2617. >The prospect of getting, or possibly not getting, your sisters back is the only thing he'll take seriously
  2618. >“I made notes on how her connections to her friends makes her magic stronger. I assumed she used them as amplifiers for the magic but it's something else”
  2619. >As Anon looks over the pile of notes that consist of his calculations you see him mouthing out the equations, trying to find the gap
  2620. >“It's a magic feedback loop”
  2621. >You and Anon look up at Incognito to see him scanning over a dozen pages of Anon's work
  2622. >As he goes over more of Anon's notes he nods to himself, mentally confirming his idea
  2623. >“You remember those old legends about ancient pony artifacts? The one's that required multiple connected users?”
  2624. >Anon's eyes widen at that as he snatches the papers from Incog's hands
  2625. >Letting out a groan he facepalms
  2626. >“The Elements of course... and this group consists of their counterparts”
  2627. >Letting out another groan Anon throws the papers to the side
  2628. >“How the hell did I miss that?”
  2629. >For a while the three of you sit in silence, pondering what to do next
  2630. >“So what sort of information do you need?”
  2631. >Incognito tries to avoid making eye contact with Anon, clearly annoyed he's agreeing to help
  2632. >Smiling at him Anon indicates to the papers he had handed Incog earlier
  2633. >“Like I said, anything that could tell us about their magic and I do mean anything, all three of us are gonna have to cozy up and make friends like Psuedo suggested if this is gonna work”
  2634. >You shrink into your seat as he mentions your suggestion
  2635. >It isn't exactly what you had in mind for it
  2636. >But maybe now would be a good time to slip in another suggestion
  2637. “Hey Anon I'm just wondering”
  2638. >As he starts shuffling and organising his notes into one pile Anon looks up at you
  2639. “Do you think we should take down the Field?”
  2640. >Both Anon and Incog raise an eyebrow at you
  2641. “I mean, Sunset is aware of it, if we're gonna befriend them, we'll need them to trust us right? Maybe we can take it down as a sign of goodwill or something?”
  2642. >Your eyes dart between the two of them, hoping that they'll go for it
  2643. >Scratching at his neck Anon takes on a ponderous look
  2644. >Taking a deep breath he turns back to you
  2645. >“That isn't a bad point Pseudo but I'm not sure about going that far”
  2646. >You feel your heart sink a bit at that, at least you tried
  2647. >“But I guess I could at least consider it”
  2648. >Perking up you shoot a smile at Anon which he returns
  2649. >Gathering up the rest of his notes he heads back to his room
  2650. >With nothing left to do, and no daylight left, you and Incog head to your own rooms as well
  2651.  
  2652. >You're shaken from your sleep by your alarm blaring in your ears
  2653. >Being quick to shut it up by slamming on the 'off' button, you are just as quick to turn over and try to get some more shut eye
  2654. >Only for your three other alarms to go off a minute later
  2655. >Two of which you would need to get out of bed to turn off
  2656. >With a groan you slink out of bed, dragging your duvet with you
  2657. >As you make your way around your room turning your alarms off one by one you try to rub the sleep from your eyes
  2658. >As the last alarm finally goes silent you let out a content sigh
  2659. >Looking to the side you spot yourself in the mirror
  2660. >A blue lithe, and muscular body with a mop of dishevelled rainbow hair looks back at you
  2661. >This must mean you're Rainbow Dash
  2662. >That explains all the Wonderbolts memorabilia you have stacked to the ceiling
  2663. >With a yawn you make your way over to the bathroom
  2664. >Slouching your shoulders you let your duvet fall to the ground as you step in to do your business
  2665. >After a quick shower you're feeling a lot more awake and ready to tackle the day
  2666. >Heading down the stairs you turn on the TV and tune into the Sports Channel
  2667. >You've never missed a report on the Wonderbolts since you first heard of them
  2668. >An exclusive group of runners, where each member is fit enough to compete in the Olympics
  2669. >With more than a dozen World Records and Gold Medals to their names they've become international superstars
  2670. >You knew as soon as you heard of them that you wanted to be one of them
  2671. >Heck, you wanted to be the best they ever had, and if your ever improving track record at school is anything to go by, you're well on your way to achieving that
  2672. >But first things first, breakfast
  2673. >What sort of pro athlete forgets the most important meal of the day
  2674. >Grabbing some bread you chuck them in the toaster and rummage through the fridge for any eggs and bacon
  2675. >“Breakfast of champions again sweetheart?”
  2676. “You know it dad”
  2677. >You shoot your dad a smile before turning back to the fridge
  2678. >Finally finding the eggs and bacon at the back of the fridge you haul them out and go about cooking them up
  2679. >“Mmmmmm, what smells so good?”
  2680. >Looking to the stairs you see your mom slowly making her way down, in all her dishevelled glory
  2681. >Yeah, you definitely know where you got your hair from
  2682. >“Our number one chef is cooking up a storm again honey”
  2683. >“Ohhh I do love some Rainbow Brand bacon and eggs, throw on a few more for me will you dear?”
  2684. “Yeah mom”
  2685. >As you crack a few more eggs and add a few more rashers to the pan, you refill the coffee machine too
  2686. >No doubt your dad's already drained a pot or two since he came down
  2687. >As the sizzle and spitting of fat fills the air you lean against the stove
  2688. >Looking up you see your mom resting her head in the crook of your dad's arm as he tries to awkwardly turn the pages of his newspaper
  2689. >They both break into brief fits of giggles as he has to bend at odd angles to turn the pages
  2690. >You can't help but smile at this
  2691. >You love your parents, but mostly when they're themselves
  2692. >Whenever anyone outside the family comes around they turn their supportive levels to 22
  2693. >You've always appreciated them having your backs, but you would appreciate it more if this is what they'd show others when they came around
  2694. >As the toast pops up you grab a plate and start loading up your breakfast
  2695. >Bad idea since you nearly burn your fingers on the toast
  2696. >That'd be something to tell the girls
  2697. >Not being a complete idiot you grab a spatula as you finish loading up your plate with eggs and bacon
  2698. >Not forgetting your parents, you load up their plates the same way and grab them a cup of coffee
  2699. >As thanks are passed around you go about shovelling as much food into one mouthful as you can
  2700. >You really wish you could eat while you sleep
  2701. >It'd save you the pain of being hungry every morning
  2702. >You're pretty sure Pinkie can sleep eat
  2703. >But she refuses to teach you her ways
  2704. >Probably for the best, considering the other stuff she can do
  2705. >You finish your breakfast before your parents are even halfway done with theirs
  2706. >Quickly leaving your plate in the sink you rush up stairs to get ready for school
  2707. >You live about a 20 minute walk from school but you usually leave 5 minutes before the bell
  2708. >Gives you the adrenaline rush you need for a really good run
  2709. >Rainy days makes it even better
  2710. >Not only do you push yourself to go faster so that you can get out of the rain, you also get to practice the control of your running with how slippery the ground is
  2711. >With your bags packed and your clothes on, you rush to the door
  2712. >You wave goodbye to your parents who shout cheers to you through mouths full of food
  2713. >As you rush down the street to school you greet the usually late students who are just sluggishly dragging themselves to school
  2714. >Snips and Snails, Scoots, Apple Bloom and Sweeite Belle, Trixie, Vinyl, Incognito
  2715. >Ugh, Incognito
  2716. >Ever since those three stopped using their magical whatevers to stop people forgetting them you see them everywhere
  2717. >At least you think that's what's going on
  2718. >You really need to stop zoning out when Sunset starts talking about magic
  2719. >It's just so boring
  2720. >Like Twilight with her math and science
  2721. >You thought magic would be cool, all laser beams and telekinesis and teleportation
  2722. >But apparently there's a bunch of magical math and science to it too
  2723. >Even when you go into the cool fantasy stuff you can't escape nerds
  2724. >But it isn't enough that there's one of them, nope there has to be three
  2725. >One of which is dating your best friends which still makes you feel sick
  2726. >The worst part is Sunset called off the magical beatdown on them
  2727. >She didn't even have them give over their magic things
  2728. >You really do need to listen to Sunset, you're pretty sure those belts had proper names to them
  2729. >Whatever, that's future Rainbow's problem and present Rainbow only has a few minutes before the bell goes off
  2730. >Picking up the pace, you weave through small clusters of people expertly
  2731. >Looks like being small isn't as bad as AJ says
  2732. >She'd probably beat her breast black and blue if she tried half the stuff you did
  2733. >As you enter the doors of Canterlot High the bell rings a few seconds after
  2734. >You fist pump and internally celebrate
  2735. >But sadly you can't run all day because you can't graduate without good enough grades in your other subjects
  2736. >That means you have to go through the hard slog of classes
  2737. >You let out a defeated sigh as you start heading towards your first lesson
  2738. >You could chill out under the bleachers for the day
  2739. >But you save that for either especially good days that aren't worth wasting away in class
  2740. >Luckily those are frequent enough to stop you from going mad but rare enough for you not to miss out on anything important
  2741. >As you plop yourself down in your seat, you flip through your workbook to try and find some free space
  2742. >About 50% of the book is filled with little doodles you've done
  2743. >Twilight nearly shrieked when she saw the state of it when she helped you study
  2744. >You don't see the big deal, it's like Rarity's thing with her design room
  2745. >Organised chaos, or something
  2746. >But seriously each time you go to her house you're tempted to ask if a tornado spawned in it, you often find fabric stuck to the ceiling
  2747. >But she swears it's supposed to be there
  2748. >You start to doodle her boutique with a tornado in it
  2749. >You even add a little Rarity on a sewing machine getting sucked into it without noticing
  2750. >As you chuckle to yourself you're brought out of reality by some giggles and squeaks
  2751. >You only know one person who squeaks like that
  2752. >Turning to the door you don't really know what you expected
  2753. >Fluttershy, once again clinging to Pseudonymous
  2754. >Rolling your eyes you turn your focus back to your doodles
  2755. >You intensify your concentration as the sounds of them kissing invades your ears
  2756. >You thank your lucky stars when they finally stop
  2757. >Eventually you hear Fluttershy shifting into her seat besides you
  2758. >“Hey Dashie, did you sleep well?”
  2759. >You give her an affirmative hum and slide your book to the edge of your desk to show her
  2760. >After quickly scanning it she lets out a small snort which turns into chuckles
  2761. >You let out a chuckle as well as you flip to a new clean page you can actually use for the lesson
  2762. >As the class goes on, you and Fluttershy go back and forth talking about what you've done and your plans
  2763. >“So Dashie, I was wondering um, if you don't have any plans today I mean. I was hoping you'd like to come hang out with me and Pseudo today?”
  2764. >You're snapped out of your very important daydream by that
  2765. >Turning your head to Fluttershy you lean into her and whisper yell
  2766. “Why would I want to hang out with that loser?”
  2767. >She looks a bit taken aback then gives you a disappointed look
  2768. >Damn it you really hate that look
  2769. >“Come on Dashie, you hardly even know him. I'm sure if you took the time you'd like him, please?”
  2770. >You grumble and pretend to make notes in your book in the vain hope she'll drop the subject
  2771. >No such luck sadly
  2772. >“Dashie please, you said you would”
  2773. >You plant your head on your desk as you feel yourself slowly giving in to the puppy dog eyes
  2774. >That earns you a glare from the teacher for disrupting the class but the bruise is gonna be much worse
  2775. >You may regret ever even uttering these words, but you're nothing if not up for a challenge, and hanging around any of those three for an extended amount of time is certainly a challenge
  2776. >Heaving a sigh you bring your head up
  2777. “Yeah I guess I can spare one day to hang out”
  2778. >You wince slightly as Fluttershy let's out an ultra high-pitch squee
  2779. >You swear, one of these days, that girl's gonna shatter glass
  2780. >You let out a yawn as the class is finally dismissed
  2781. >You think you made enough notes on the right stuff to use for studying
  2782. >Ugh, even thinking that word makes you shudder
  2783. >Maybe you can get another study session with one of the girls
  2784. >They all say you don't need them, and in all honesty, they're right, you can do this nerd stuff well enough to pass without any worries
  2785. >But studying for any amount of time without having your eyes roll back into your head out of boredom, is a challenge you have yet to conquer
  2786. “Hey Fluttershy, you wanna go over these notes again sometime this weekend”
  2787. >As she continues to pack up she tilts her head up, muttering to herself
  2788. >“I dunno Dashie, I have a pretty full week, we're getting some new additions to the shelter so I'm gonna have my hands full getting them all settled in with the animals that have been there a while. Even with Tree Hugger and Pseudo helping it could take all week, or maybe longer.”
  2789. >Well, one option down 5 to go
  2790. “Damn, that sucks Shy, I'll figure something out though, don't worry”
  2791. >You say that but you know that Flutters beats herself up over anything she declines
  2792. >That girl is too nice for her own good
  2793. >As you grab your bag to head out you stop as you see her eyes light up
  2794. >Her mouth hangs open in awe like she just saw the greatest thing ever
  2795. >Obviously you're pretty great but it's sort of unsettling how wide here eyes and mouth have gotten
  2796. >You shoot a glance behind you in case Fluttershy just saw some rare animal outside or something
  2797. >Nope, nothing
  2798. >When you turn back she's finally come down and is bouncing on her heels
  2799. >You're not sure if you should be worried or not
  2800. >With how she's acting you're expecting a zipper to appear and Pinkie to step out of a Fluttershy costume
  2801. >She grabs your shoulders and pulls you forward so that you're inches away from being chest to chest
  2802. >“I bet Pseudo could help you study”
  2803. >You blink a few times as you try to process what she just said
  2804. >When it finally clicks you grab her hands and detach them from your shoulders
  2805. >Pushing her away lightly you hold up your hands and start shaking your head
  2806. “Whoa whoa, hold on Fluttershy, I said I'd hang out with the guy, I meant like during lunch or something, not for an hour or two of studying”
  2807. >Undeterred, she continues bouncing on her feet and starts clapping her hands together in excitement
  2808. >“Oh but Dash it'll be perfect, he's really good at studying, he's even helped me a few times”
  2809. “Yeah I'm sure he's just great Flutters, but didn't you just say you needed his help at the Shelter?”
  2810. >This finally puts an end to her bouncing
  2811. >It also seems to cause her body to catch up to what she was doing as she has to take a few deep breaths to calm down
  2812. >“Well sure, having his help would be great, but he doesn't quite have the same... touch that I have when it comes to animals. I'll survive one day without him in the Shelter”
  2813. >You quirk an eyebrow at her and tilt your head for added effect
  2814. >“What?”
  2815. “You? You'll be fine without Pseudo for a day?”
  2816. >She shifts on her feet a bit and wrings her hands a bit
  2817. >“Well yeah, what kind of girl do you take me for?”
  2818. >While her attempt to sound confident is admirable, the half-hearted laugh that peters out at the end does not reassure you
  2819. “We're talking about the same Pseudo who's arm you've hung off of every day for nearly a year now right?”
  2820. >Her cheeks flush and her eyes shrink at this slightly
  2821. >Rocking back and forth on her feet she rubs her arm and lets out a nervous chuckle
  2822. >“Well- I mean sure, but I- I don't NEED to do that stuff it's just that um... he really likes it is all, I'll be fine if he isn't at the shelter for one day”
  2823. >You can tell she's lying but you aren't gonna push her
  2824. >It'll be much more fun to tease her lightly throughout the day then do it all now
  2825. >You're still not excited by the idea but you did say you would
  2826. “Alright Fluttershy I'll let your boyfriend help me study”
  2827. >With another squee she jumps at you and hugs you tight
  2828. >Like really tight, it's sort of hard to breathe
  2829. >As the bell for second class rings she finally releases you, letting sweet air flow into you once again
  2830. >She hurries off to the next class, waving to you as she goes
  2831. >You grumble to yourself about agreeing to spending so much time with that guy
  2832. >But you dug your grave so you're gonna lie in it
  2833. >The day goes on with the same old, same old
  2834. >You have a cooking class with Pinkie
  2835. >Being one of the best friends of possibly one of the best bakers in the town if not the country certainly has it's perks
  2836. >You're always her first pick for cooking partner
  2837. >But even if you're not doing partner cooking she lets you cheat off of her
  2838. >Honestly, cooking is probably your second strongest subject thanks to her
  2839. >After that you finally get put into your natural habitat
  2840. >Sports
  2841. >Of course everyone scrambles to partner up with the captain of each sports team as soon as the lesson begins
  2842. >But like every lesson, you partner up with Sunset and Twilight
  2843. >With how out of shape they are you wonder how they got into the same sports class as you
  2844. >Not that you're complaining, unless you're competing for something, the only way to make sports interesting is to have someone to talk to
  2845. >Luckily, or unluckily depending on how you look at it, Sunset and Twilight certainly have a lot to talk about today
  2846. >A lot of it is talking formulas and equations for Math and Science
  2847. >Despite how smart they are, you try to leave asking these two for help for desperate times
  2848. >Whenever you study with them they always go on tangents and lose you within 2 minutes
  2849. >The last time Twilight went on a tangent you looked up the boiling point of brain, because you were pretty sure you were there
  2850. >At least they're getting better at realising they're on a tangent and stopping
  2851. >When they finally stop nerding out they start talking about something interesting
  2852. >Twilight gives you two a run down on the information she could get on Sirens
  2853. >Apparently a lot of what she found depicted them as part human, part bird
  2854. >Of course that doesn't match what you saw at the Battle of the Bands
  2855. >Those girls were pure fish, there wasn't any human in them at all
  2856. >So you mentally cross off using any info from here to fight them if need be
  2857. >Looks like if things go south with this whole friendship thing, you'll have to use the tried and true magic rainbow
  2858. >Not that you're complaining
  2859. >You're never gonna get bored of that
  2860. >Sunset has a lot more to talk about though
  2861. >She gives Twilight an abridged version of what happened over the weekend with Anonymous
  2862. >For a brief while the three of you spitball ideas on what the Field could actually be and try to think of any way you could potentially take it down
  2863. >Looks like the magic beatdown might not be totally off the table
  2864. >Keeping that thing up is not cool
  2865. >No wonder nobody noticed Incognito on the way to school besides you
  2866. >You wonder if, when they take down the Field, whether or not everyone will remember all the stuff he did that he made them forget
  2867. >You can't help but chuckle as you imagine him in perpetual detention throughout the rest of the year
  2868. >You stop chuckling when Sunset admits to losing the journal
  2869. >That could actually be a serious problem if it gets into the wrong hands
  2870. >How would some government goon react to writing in a magic book that's linked to a magical princess
  2871. >Oh crap, the government could find out aliens exist
  2872. >Then they'd find out that the way to get to them is in front of your school
  2873. >Then they'd interrogate the seven of you
  2874. >You have been keeping it a secret from everyone outside of the seven of you all this time after all
  2875. >Crap they'd probably also interrogate everyone at school since they saw all the stuff from Sunset and the Sirens, and the Friendship Games and Camp Everfree
  2876. >You don't want your teachers to go to government jail
  2877. >They'd probably also interrogate Crystal Prep with the whole Friendship Games but you don't really care about those snobs
  2878. >Except for Shining
  2879. >How you've kept a lid on this stuff so far you will probably never know
  2880. >You didn't realise how many people that journal would screw over if it was ever found by anyone
  2881. >You all agree to come up with a game plan come lunch time, but this is definitely gonna be a priority
  2882. >You wonder if you'll be able to get out of befriending those three if you offer to pull extra time to look for the journal
  2883. >You know Sunset will say no but at least you can hope
  2884. >You don't have much time to think on it much further as your teacher calls you all back inside
  2885. >With the lesson over you head over to the showers to get rid of the sweat and mud
  2886. >You remember years ago when everyone was all self-conscious of their bodies so no one went in the showers
  2887. >You told yourselves that you covered the smell up fine with deodorant but you all knew you were lying
  2888. >Luckily everyone has all but finished the majority of their puberty
  2889. >Other than some people still growing, everyone's bodies have sort of settled on how they're gonna look
  2890. >This means that the girls are all fine with showering without fear of embarrassment
  2891. >You just have to remember to keep eye contact with them and not look any further down then their neck
  2892. >Any further and you'll be labelled a dyke for the rest of your school life
  2893. >You can't help but feel bad for little Scoots since she's gonna have to go through the same stuff you did
  2894. >Maybe you should sit her down some day and give her some pointers
  2895. >You don't want her to have to go to her parents for advice on how to survive High School like you did
  2896. >That first month still brings you great shame
  2897. >But you've overshadowed it with how cool you are now
  2898. >Scoots is cool and all but you don't see her becoming the captain of all of the teams like you
  2899. >Maybe one or two, but you can tell she's gonna go into some sort of derby sport when she graduates
  2900. >She watches them as much as you watch the Wonderbolts
  2901. >Sure she goes to the same school as you and all
  2902. >But she's still like, years away from actually doing the High School courses
  2903. >This place is just a mix of school years from kids to young adults, but it's still referred to as a High School
  2904. >You decide to derail that train of thought before you give yourself a headache
  2905. >As the water washes off the last of the suds you grab your towel and start drying yourself off
  2906. >You know you should head to class now if you don't want to be late but you're still not fully dry
  2907. >Sure you're only damp right now so it doesn't really matter, but your clothes will chafe and ride up
  2908. >You decide that, since your friends aren't even in that class you're fine with being late
  2909. >When you're finally done you end up being five minutes late
  2910. >Much to the chagrin of your teacher, you stroll in, hand out an apology and excuse, and seat yourself
  2911. >You can tell they want to tell you off for wasting everyone else in the class' time, but then they'd be a hypocrite for wasting their time to tell you off
  2912. >You manage to pass by the lesson by daydreaming and doodling
  2913. >Luckily this was one of those throw away, pointless lessons where the teachers managed to talk about nothing for a whole hour
  2914. >Honestly it's sort of impressive
  2915. >Luckily it's over and done with and your 3rd favourite subject is next
  2916. >Lunch
  2917. >You're pretty sure if you actually got a grade for it, you'd get an A
  2918. >You meet up with the girls and line up to get your lunch like usual
  2919. >You listen to Sunset go over everything with Anon for the third time to get the others informed
  2920. >When you sit down everyone's gotten into throwing ideas around about the Field and what to do about it
  2921. >On one side of you is Fluttershy while Sunset and Rarity are on the other
  2922. >Meanwhile Twilight, AJ, and Pinkie sit on the other side of you
  2923. >To someone outside it'd seem like chaos but everyone is able to hear and make out what everyone else is saying
  2924. >Even when some of you speak at the same time
  2925. >“I reckon all of us ought to find those three, and give 'em one of those ultramans or whatever to put down that Field or get zapped”
  2926. >“I think you mean ultimatum Applejack”
  2927. >“Why, what did I say?”
  2928. >You all chuckle a bit at that, which Applejack joins in on
  2929. >“Whilst putting pressure on them could work I don't think we should... back them into a corner so to speak, we should hear what they have to say about this, like ladies”
  2930. >“I'm with Rarity, Anon may have snapped at me about it but I think the situation will solve itself”
  2931. >“Ooooooh, someone's hiding something, aren'tcha Shimmy? Sort of like a surprise party, oh I love those kinds of parties, cause you never know when it's gonna happen”
  2932. >You all go from chuckling to laughing and Pinkie starts talking at supersonic speeds about parties
  2933. >When you finally calm down you tap Sunset on the shoulder to get her attention
  2934. “But seriously Sunset, what've you got up your sleeve?”
  2935. >She seems apprehensive at first but a smile slowly grows on her face
  2936. >“Oh, alright I wasn't gonna tell anyone but I actually got a-”
  2937. >“Sorry to interrupt”
  2938. >You all snap your heads up to see Anon, Incog, and Pseudo standing by your table with lunches
  2939. >“Are there... any seats free?”
  2940. >You all look between each other completely perplexed
  2941. >Almost instinctively you shift to the side to make room
  2942. >Pseudo takes that as a cue to sit between you and Fluttershy
  2943. >Meanwhile the other two sit opposite you
  2944. >Pseudo seems the only one able to sit comfortably with your group
  2945. >Incog is just prodding his food, briefly shooting glimpses at each of you
  2946. >Even Anon has lost his usual confidence
  2947. >He's just rubbing the back of his neck, not even bothering to acknowledge his food or look at any of you
  2948. >Eventually Sunset is the one to break the silence as she clears her throat
  2949. >“Well Anon it's... it's good to see you again”
  2950. >He's taken aback as she addresses him then shrinks in on himself a bit
  2951. >Shaking his head he straightens up and clears his throat as well
  2952. >Steeling himself he finally manages to make eye-contact with Sunset
  2953. >“Yeah um... I- I acted... very immaturely then, I shouldn't have snapped like that, you were just worried about your home. I should have been more considerate of that since I know that feeling all too well. So... you know... sorry”
  2954. >He turns his gaze down as he goes on, with his voice eventually dropping to a murmur
  2955. >You all still hear it loud and clear though
  2956. >Sunset let's out a small chuckle at him being so shy but shakes her head at him
  2957. >“No need for apologies, I'm just glad you've put down the Field”
  2958. >His had snaps up at that and his eyes dart to Incog and Pseudo at that
  2959. “Um yeah Sunset, about that-”
  2960. >“We still haven't put it down”
  2961. >“WHAT!?”
  2962. >Everyone at the table barring you, Fluttershy and the guys, shout directly in your ears
  2963. >You just know they're gonna ring all day, it's gonna be real fun trying to get to sleep tonight
  2964. >“Red, would you and the others calm down, taking the Field down is a big thing, we need more than a few days to decide”
  2965. >“I'm calling hogwash on that, how hard can it be to undo you're own darn spell?”
  2966. >While Twilight and Pinkie try to stop Applejack from getting to Incog you see Sunset simply standing there
  2967. >She silently crosses her arms and nods to Anon
  2968. >Getting the message he heaves a sigh and pushes his untouched food away
  2969. >“The Field spell we casted was very complex, it'd take as much magic to undo it as it took to cast it in the first place, we're not sure if we're willing to take such a step back and lose that much magic when it's so scarce here”
  2970. >“But why? What's so important that you're essentially draining people of their memories?”
  2971. >At this point Pseudo pulls himself away from Fluttershy and turns to face Sunset
  2972. >“Do you have any idea how hard it's gonna be to find Adagio, Aria and Sonata on this planet without our magic?”
  2973. >The table goes silent at that
  2974. >Applejack has stopped pushing against Twilight and Pinkie and has sat down again
  2975. >You all knew they were looking for their sister back when you confronted Pseudo in the Shelter
  2976. >You just didn't put together how their magic would fit into it
  2977. >A heavy silence hangs over the table for what feels like an eternity
  2978. >The regular chatter of the cafeteria, fades into white noise as you try to process what Pseudo said
  2979. >You were so busy trying to think of ways to prove they were evil, that you forgot why they were here to begin with
  2980. >They just wanted their family back
  2981. >Yet you ignored that in favour of seeing them as villains
  2982. >You had agreed to at least try to befriend them
  2983. >But you haven't talked to any of them since that day on the roof
  2984. >“I... I don't now what to say to that”
  2985. >Even with Sunset breaking the silence it quickly returns as words die in your throat
  2986. >Fluttershy has wrapped her arms around Pseudo, probably trying to comfort him
  2987. >Meanwhile the rest of you just share confused looks
  2988. >All the plans you were discussing regarding them have stopped dead in their tracks
  2989. >Eventually you can't stand to keep quiet anymore, so you try to speak up
  2990. “What do you-”
  2991. >Everyone seemingly snaps out of a trance as you speak up
  2992. >Even Incog has pulled his eyes away from his food to look at you
  2993. “-I mean, how much magic would you even need?”
  2994. >The three of them look at each other, as if they're having some sort of mental conversation
  2995. >You check their belts briefly and, when you don't see a glow, confirm that they aren't actually psychic
  2996. >Anon clears his throat, pulling your attention back
  2997. >“Simply put, a lot more than this world has, you humans have an... innate source of magic in you, I suppose that's due to Equestrian magic leaking into this world for so long”
  2998. >As Anon goes on he takes on a ponderous look and starts mouthing something to himself
  2999. >His eyes dart back and forth and his fingers tap the table frantically
  3000. >Honestly it's a bit off putting to see him go into his own little world out of nowhere
  3001. >You lean towards Sunset but you notice her squinting at Anon
  3002. >When you nudge her she jumps slightly and turn to you
  3003. “Do you have any idea what the heck he's doing?”
  3004. >Sunset looks between you and him a few times and leans towards you
  3005. >“I think he might be doing arcane calculations, it's sort of fascinating to see it again after so long, but I can't read lips so I'm not sure what he's doing, I think he's using his fingers like an abacus”
  3006. >You roll your eyes at the mention of nerd stuff again
  3007. >You let out a small groan and contemplate kicking Anon under the table to bring him back to reality
  3008. >Before you do however, Incog clear his throat and sits up
  3009. >“What Anon was trying to say before he... well you know-”
  3010. >He briefly waves his hand in front of Anon which gets no reaction out of him
  3011. >He shares a mixed look of concern and amusement with Pseudo before turning back to the seven of you
  3012. >“-you humans have magic in you, that's how you six are able to use magic like Sunset, even though you're native to this world. However without something Equestrian to... trigger that magic, like the stones that camp woman got hold of, the amount of magic you humans can hold is less than an earth pony foal.”
  3013. >You want to question him further on that but Pseudo cuts you off before you can
  3014. >“The magic is still leaking into here, so you constantly have magic in you, but we'd need... decades maybe, if we're lucky, to get about a tenth of the amount of magic we need”
  3015. >Your eyes widen as you try to process all the new information
  3016. >You think you're getting an idea of the position these three are in, but even then you're sure you haven't scratched the surface
  3017. >Sunset at least seems to have a better grasp of things
  3018. >Though you guess it's to be expected since she actually understands magic
  3019. >Your knowledge boils down to, you start to glow, then magic happens, because magic
  3020. >“But how does the Field help with that, I've been trying to wrap my head around its magic but I can't”
  3021. >Anon finally snaps out of his trance and looks to Sunset
  3022. >“Oh that? If I explained it, it could take all day, but in simple terms, whenever someone in the Field forgets us or something we did, it drains a bit of their magic and splits it between us”
  3023. >For the first time you're actually paying attention to an explanation of magic
  3024. >Sunset has tried to teach you all but you kept getting bored
  3025. >Everyone else has their full attention on what's going on
  3026. >Twilight has even taken out a notebook and is frantically taking notes
  3027. >You're pretty sure her pen is smoking
  3028. >You'd be worried if you hadn't seen it a dozen times before
  3029. >Rarity decides to pitch in as well
  3030. >“Well if there isn't enough magic here, couldn't you simply go home and get the magic from there?”
  3031. >You all murmur agreements between you before you go quiet again
  3032. >“There are two reasons for that, one of which would be Starswirl. Now I'm positive you've already gotten word to Equestria that we're here.”
  3033. >Anon leaves that hanging there as he quirks an eyebrow at Sunset
  3034. >She laughs nervously to herself and taps her fingers together, as she slowly shrinks into her seat
  3035. >Incog laughs himself and waves her off
  3036. >“Don't sweat it Red, we knew it'd happen, but now that it has we really can't go back. No doubt he's been informed and is gonna keep his horn ready for us. As soon as we step through that portal, who knows what he'll do to us”
  3037. >“That's awful, why would Starswirl be so mean to you three?”
  3038. >Pseudo ruffles Fluttershy's hair and pulls her close to help calm her down
  3039. >“Guys come on, sure he banished your sisters, and I get that you want to... hurt him. But he's taken to learning about friendship from Twilight, I'm sure you can make amends”
  3040. >Another wave of hushed agreements washes over the seven of you, but you're stopped when Anon speaks up again
  3041. >“Even if we did want to make amends, which we don't, he wouldn't make amends even if Celestia ordered him to.”
  3042. >Sunset let's out a nervous chuckle but you can tell that this is unsettling her
  3043. >“Oh come on Anon, I'm sure you're just over-exaggerating”
  3044. >Pseudo pulls away from Fluttershy to talk this time
  3045. >“I wish we were Sunset. But you didn't see him like we did. As he became the Sorcerer King of Equestria. Sirens have only ever kept an eye on Equestria for four individuals, the princesses, Discord and him, and he is an old, bitter, bigot, he felt that any race that wasn't one of the three pony tribes were a potential threat”
  3046. >Sunset's eyes widen and her jaw drops at Pseudo's words
  3047. >She isn't the only one affected by hearing this either, Incog has been clenching and unclenching his fists, and when Pseudo trails off, Incog slams his hands onto the table and pushes the bench out as he shoots to his feet
  3048. >“With how bloody patriotic that bastard is, he did everything he could to keep those threats from doing anything to Equestria or its ponies. That's why you only started getting along with the other races a thousand years ago, because he was finally gone. He won't let go of his grudge against Sirens, and we're certainly not gonna give him the chance too”
  3049. >Another heavy silence hangs over the table as Incog calms down and slumps into his seat
  3050. >As he lets his head fall into his arms Applejack tentatively places a hand on his shoulder
  3051. >He shoots a glance at her but simply let's her be
  3052. >Not really knowing what to do she gives it a squeeze before pulling away
  3053. “Um, so you guys said that there were two reasons why you can't get the magic from Equestria, right?”
  3054. >“I think I might have an answer to that Rainbow”
  3055. >Everyone quirks an eyebrow at Sunset who sheepishly smiles at the three
  3056. >”I haven't done arcane stuff in a while so I decided to delve into it a bit when I first thought of why you didn't get the magic from Equestria too”
  3057. >She relaxes and straightens up when Anon signals for he to continue
  3058. >“Equestrian magic is basically sewn into our bodies, in the muscles of earth ponies, the wings of pegasi, and the minds of unicorn. Draining magic from them could be... detrimental to their health to say the least”
  3059. >She raises an eyebrow at the three, who all nod at her
  3060. >“Essentially yes, that is the other reason, we took what we could without attracting attention, and came here. But that's about it”
  3061. >You sort of want to visit this Equestria place, sounds trippy
  3062. >As they go on you can't help but wonder what magic feels like
  3063. >“Well I reckon if it's gonna take y'all that long to find your kin, we ought to help you find them quicker, right girls?”
  3064. >“Oh yeah, I can throw a happy reunion party for them”
  3065. >“Certainly, helping you three is the least we can do after acting so very uncouth with those unfounded accusations”
  3066. >Everyone starts recalling where you last left off your search for those three as you get more and more into the idea of searching for them again
  3067. >Sunset stands up and holds a hand out to Anon
  3068. >“What do you say Anon, you take down the Field, and we'll do all we can to help you find those three?”
  3069. >Everyone is looking expectantly at the three
  3070. >Even you're sort of hoping they'll go along with it
  3071. >Even if it means working alongside Incog
  3072. >However you can't help but feel like something's off as Anon starts laughing, even if it is only briefly
  3073. >“I appreciate you all offering to help, I really do, I didn't even expect it when we came here. But I'm gonna say no, without the magic it could take us forever to find them”
  3074. >Sunset is a bit disappointed by this but she folds her arms and stands firm
  3075. >“Well why not?”
  3076. >“Multiple reasons”
  3077. >You let out a groan and lean on the table until you're inches away from Anon
  3078. “Everything has multiple reasons with you, just tell us what gives and quit beating around the bush”
  3079. >The side of his mouth twitches as he leans away
  3080. >Clearing his throat his eyes glide over all seven of you
  3081. >“For one, you shattered their conduits, that means your unicorn friend won't be able to sense them”
  3082. >Sunset shifts on her feet as a sad look crosses her face
  3083. >“Then there's the fact that they have no reason to stay anywhere for too long, I wouldn't be surprised if they were constantly on the move. Even without their magic they were some of the most innovative Sirens in our whole species, if they wanted to get somewhere they could, magic or no”
  3084. >Sunset slowly sits down and hunches over in her seat, her face shifting from sad to full-on defeat
  3085. >Seeing this Anon stands up and goes around the table next to her
  3086. >Placing a hand on her shoulder she looks up at him
  3087. >He gives her a sad smile
  3088. >“I really do appreciate your offer, but the only way we'll be able to find them at this point is to sniff them out, but we need magic to amplify it. I'm sorry, but we have to get that magic, they've been gone to long for us to not do everything to get them back”
  3089. >Her face doesn't shift but she does place her hand on his and squeezes it
  3090. >Slowly pulling his hand away he leans across the table, grabs his tray and heads to the exit
  3091. >Following his lead Incog does the same and heads out
  3092. >As the bell goes off you all share Sunset's defeated look as you start to file out with the rest of the students
  3093. >Pseudo is still walking with Fluttershy, so you approach him and bring up your earlier discussion with Fluttershy
  3094. >He smiles at you when you ask if he's free sometime this week
  3095. >“I could probably help you today if you like, meet me after school?”
  3096. “Sure, sounds good”
  3097. >He whispers something to Fluttershy that makes her giggle before he pulls away from her
  3098. >Just as he speeds up to get ahead of you two, he briefly stops by Sunset and whispers something to her too
  3099. >You don't hear what he says, but when you speed up to walk besides Sunset you see her defeated look has been wiped from her face
  3100. >You don't think that anyone in your group has an idea of what to do next, but with the look on Sunset's face, you're not sure if you need one
  3101. >The rest of the day goes by without a hitch
  3102. >Lots of boring lessons, and talking to your friends
  3103. >The usual
  3104. >The same old, boring usual
  3105. >But maybe it'll pick up soon
  3106. >Seeing how school's about to finish
  3107. >As the final bell rings you let out an ecstatic “Yes”
  3108. >Grabbing your stuff you bolt it to the door
  3109. >“Hold on miss Dash, the bell does not dismiss you, I do”
  3110. >At least you assume that's what your teacher was calling to you
  3111. >You were already gone by the time they said your name
  3112. >Bursting through the open doors you stretch out your muscles
  3113. >Who knew sitting still could make you ache so much
  3114. >As you stretch you allow for a rare occurrence, and slow down
  3115. >You breathe in that sweet smell of freedom and let the heat wash over you
  3116. >As you hop down the stairs, you stroll over to the statue and lean against it
  3117. >Slowly sliding down the statue, you rest your head on your knees as you watch the other students pile out of the doors
  3118. >You greet a few people as they pass not really paying much attention to them
  3119. >That was a mistake
  3120. >Cause if you had been paying attention, you would have run and hid
  3121. >“Helloooooo Rainbow Dash”
  3122. >Ugh, that voice that send shivers up your spine, and makes your breasts want to suck themselves back into your chest
  3123. >Only one person you know has that voice
  3124. >Zephyr Breeze
  3125. >You try not to show your disgust too visibly as you slowly turn to face him
  3126. >Quickly getting to your feet you hold your bag in front of you to make sure he doesn't get too close
  3127. “Oh, hey Zephyr, didn't see you there”
  3128. >“Oh Rainbow you are funny, I've been talking to you for two minutes”
  3129. >You don't know whether you not noticing him for that long is a good thing or a bad thing
  3130. >“So I just so happened to have some coupons for that sports shop you like, and I know that some new Wonderbolts merch has come out, so I thought 'hey Rainbow likes those guys' so I thought I'd give them to you”
  3131. >As he holds out the coupons you use your finger and thumb to pluck them out of his hand
  3132. >The less contact you make the better
  3133. >Honestly you would have kicked Zephyr's borderline-stalker ass by now if he weren't Fluttershy's brother
  3134. >But sadly, he is, so you don't
  3135. >You just pay him the most basic common courtesy and hope he leaves
  3136. >“Yo, Rainbow, ready to hit the books?”
  3137. >There's your out
  3138. >You quickly back-up as fast as you can until you bump into Pseudo
  3139. >You must have moved away faster than you thought cause you end up toppling him
  3140. >Luckily you manage to brace yourself so you don't land on him
  3141. “Oh crap, sorry Pseudo, didn't mean to hit you that hard”
  3142. >“Nah I should have tensed up more, you're like pure muscle”
  3143. >His point is sort of proven when you help him up
  3144. >The guy felt like he was made of cardboard
  3145. >Being built like a string bean didn't help him either
  3146. >As he dusts himself off he waves towards the gates “So your place or mine?”
  3147. >You are cut off by Zephyr clearing his throat
  3148. >“Um excuse me, uh Synonym, right? Sorry but I was talking to Rainbow”
  3149. >“Wow, pretending to not know my name, you're as petty as ever”
  3150. >Zephyr glares at Pseudo and retorts through gritted teeth
  3151. >“I'm not petty, you're just uninteresting”
  3152. >“Whatever, so Rainbow which subject did you need help on?”
  3153. >Pseudo casually hooks his arm around your shoulder and starts heading to the gate
  3154. >You let out a sigh of relief to finally be getting out of here
  3155. >Sadly, you thought too soon as Zephyr cuts you both off
  3156. >“Now Pseudo, I know you and your brothers were raised by animals or something with how uncivilised you three act, but surely you were taught that's it's impolite to cut off a conversation?”
  3157. >You can't help but chuckle with Pseudo at that
  3158. >Most guys would be furious to hear something like that but he probably takes it as a compliment
  3159. >“Besides I was gonna help her shop for some new Wonderbolts stuff”
  3160. “Actually Zephyr I already pre-ordered all that stuff and got it yesterday, besides I really need to do some studying and Pseduo here is helping, so yeah...”
  3161. >You try to step around him but he sadly doesn't take the hint, or just ignores it
  3162. >“Well I could help you study, I am an excellent student”
  3163. >“Didn't you go full Cast Away and live in the woods, cause you were failing so hard?”
  3164. >You're finding it increasingly difficult to hold in your laughter at that
  3165. >You remember Fluttershy coming to you that day telling you what happened
  3166. >You were doubled-over for a good 20 minutes before you finally helped her drag his ass out of there
  3167. >“I was having an emotional moment in finding myself, I wouldn't expect you to understand”
  3168. >You hear Pseudo let out a groan at that
  3169. >“Yes Zephyr you're very spiritual, but me and her live in the real world, where you need to study. So, bye”
  3170. >With a very final tone Pseudo grabs your hand and shoves Zephyr out of the way
  3171. >After dusting himself off, Zephyr heads in the opposite direction, grumbling under his breath
  3172. >You pump your fist in victory and pull your hand out of Pseudo's grasp
  3173. “Thanks for the assist, that guy just does not know when to leave”
  3174. >“I know right, even a blind guy can read social situations better than him”
  3175. >You let out a small snort at that
  3176. “You could literally hold up a sign that says 'leave me alone' and he'd probably pretend he can't read”
  3177. >You both share a laugh at that
  3178. >As you head down the road you go back and forth, mostly sharing jabs at Zephyr's expense
  3179. >You're eventually forced to stop so you can get your breath back from your dozenth laughing fit
  3180. >When you're finally able to breathe again you wipe the tears from your eyes and look around
  3181. >Yet whichever way you look you have no idea where you are
  3182. “Hey Pseudo where'd you lead us anyway?”
  3183. >He turns to you with a bit of worry on his face
  3184. >“I thought you were taking the lead”
  3185. >You tense up slightly at that
  3186. >You hold your breath, hoping he's just pranking you
  3187. >But with his face only getting more worried you're pretty sure he isn't
  3188. >Scrambling to get your phone out of your bag you fumble with it a bit until you turn it on
  3189. >Quickly opening the GPS app it slowly loads where you are
  3190. >You let out a small sigh of relief to see you're not too far away from town
  3191. >Sure you're like a dozen blocks into the run-down area, but you can be out of here in no time
  3192. >You've just got to do a 180 and walk and you'll hit the mall
  3193. >After letting Pseudo know, he lets out a sigh of his own as you two make your way back
  3194. >You'll admit you jumped with each step and were constantly looking over your shoulder
  3195. >You'd constantly hear the groan or snap of wood
  3196. >Sometimes some glass would shatter and echo for ages
  3197. >Then there were the rats and the bugs that were the size of rats that littered the pavement
  3198. >Thankfully the only other people you saw were passed out
  3199. >You did not want to get involved with any of them
  3200. >As you reach the top of a hill you grin as you see the mall come into view
  3201. “Come on, I'll race you Pseudo”
  3202. >Taking off, you start at a jog to give him a fighting chance
  3203. >You're shocked as he starts pulling ahead of you
  3204. >Looking over his shoulder, a smug grin spreads across his face
  3205. >“How are those short legs working out for you?”
  3206. >Forcing air through your nose you speed up and immediately take the lead
  3207. >You hold your pace and watch as Pseudo slowly runs out of energy
  3208. “How are those lungs working out for you?”
  3209. >He lets out a chuckle and simply flips you off
  3210. >You shoot him a smug grin of your own and decide to go full speed
  3211. >Shooting ahead of him you stumble to a halt in the parking lot
  3212. >Sitting against a lamp post you slowly start to catch your breath as you watch Pseudo give up and start walking
  3213. >By the time he arrives you've gotten your breath back
  3214. >Slapping him on the back you shoot him a sincere smile this time
  3215. “You're not half as bad as I thought you'd be”
  3216. >Still out of breath he simply waves you off and starts heading back down the road
  3217. >As you follow after him your eyes glance between him and the mall
  3218. >Eventually coming to a stop you grab hold of his shoulder and tug him back
  3219. >“Something wrong Rainbow?”
  3220. “Well I'm just thinking, Flutters wants us to hang out, and I think we can hang out a lot better in there, then at home studying, don't you think?”
  3221. >You wring your hands as you try your best to mimic Fluttershy's puppy dog eyes
  3222. >From the barely held back snort you can tell it isn't working
  3223. >“I dunno Rainbow, you did say you needed help with study-”
  3224. “I can get my mom or dad to help, or do it tomorrow or something. Come on let's do something fun”
  3225. >The rational part of your brain, which only showed up after Twilight first helped you study, is trying to get you to stop
  3226. >But the rest of your brain quickly silences it in favour of slacking
  3227. >You just got out of school, you don't want to go back so soon
  3228. >Pseudo seems to be of a similar mind with how his eyes are darting back and forth
  3229. >Letting out a sigh he starts heading into the mall
  3230. >“Screw it, why not”
  3231. >Beckoning you, you jump in the air and start heading after him
  3232. >Quickly catching up to him you grab his arm and tug him into the mall
  3233. >As the doors open you let the day's heat get washed away by the mall's AC
  3234. “Hey, come on, I know exactly where I want to go first”
  3235. >You race ahead not bothering to look back
  3236. >When you finally come to a stop, you look besides you to see an empty space
  3237. >Looking around you, you only see random people going about their day
  3238. >Heaving a sigh you slouch a bit as you wait for him to catch up
  3239. >You cast your eyes over your shoulders every few seconds and, with him still not coming into view, you start tapping your foot
  3240. >As you're about to head into the sea of people to find him you see a familiar mess of purple hair making it's way towards you
  3241. >When the crowd finally parts for him he gives you a small wave
  3242. >“Sup Dash”
  3243. “What took you so long?”
  3244. >“It's this incredible thing called walking, you can do it to get to places slowly”
  3245. >You roll your eyes at his sarcasm and make your way into the store
  3246. “That sounds boring, let's go”
  3247. >He follows closely behind but slows down as he takes everything in
  3248. >“Why are we here exactly?”
  3249. “I wanted to get the new Wonderbolts stuff, duh”
  3250. >“But you said-”
  3251. >You cut him off with an incredulous look
  3252. >You nod to him as he forms an 'O' with his mouth
  3253. >For a while the two of you scour the store for the new merchandise
  3254. >More often than not you have to tell him you already have certain bits of merchandise
  3255. >Luckily he helps to get the stuff that you can't reach
  3256. >Unluckily he uses it to tease you
  3257. >You're tempted to kick him in the shins but then every chick in here would be on you about hitting a guy
  3258. >So instead you just hip check him into the edge of some waist high cages
  3259. >Despite being winded he still chuckles at your actions
  3260. >When you've finally used up your coupons and allowance you stroll out of the store
  3261. >You're encumbered but content
  3262. >Despite your insistence Pseudo manages to wrangle a few bags out of your grasp
  3263. >Honestly, you're thankful, it felt like your hands were gonna fall off
  3264. >But he doesn't need to know that
  3265. >You both make your way over to the food court to set down your baggage
  3266. >He holds your seats and keeps an eye on the bags so you can buy the food
  3267. >You grab yourself a burger combo-meal and buy him some sushi
  3268. >Hopefully Sunset isn't here, her sushi place and the smaller one have a bit of a rivalry
  3269. >Pseduo perks up significantly when you put his raw fish in front of him
  3270. >“So seriously, what did you need help with?”
  3271. >You try talking through a mouthful of meat to no avail
  3272. >Chewing through the patty at full speed you wash it down with your drink
  3273. “Mainly just some chemistry formulas, but I don't want to bring out my work when we've got so much to carry already”
  3274. >“Fair enough but I could give you some pointers, anything you remember having problems with?”
  3275. >You try to recall your lesson from today as you stuff a handful of fries into your mouth
  3276. >Apparently you were wrong about a lot of stuff when it came to chemistry
  3277. >That would explain your grade
  3278. >When he tells you how to solve one problem, you think of at least two other things it conflicts with
  3279. >By the time you and Pseudo have gone over everything a few hours have passed
  3280. >He even managed to put stuff that had gone completely over your head in a way you could understand
  3281. >Fluttershy was right about him when it came to studying
  3282. >She was right about a lot of things
  3283. >Like how you have actually enjoyed hanging out with him
  3284. >When you've finally gone over enough that you feel confident you start to head out
  3285. “Thanks for the Pseudo, this was actually... fun, maybe we can hang out again, preferably without the nerd stuff”
  3286. >You chuckle at your own joke but get a bit nervous when Pseudo doesn't join in
  3287. “Pseudo, you alright man?”
  3288. >Seemingly coming out of a trance he jumps when you poke him
  3289. >He looks between you and basically everywhere else
  3290. >Eventually letting out a sigh he falls back onto a bench
  3291. >“Why do you hate us Rainbow Dash?”
  3292. >You nearly drop your bags at that
  3293. >This guy really doesn't beat around the bush
  3294. “Come on Pseudo, today should've shown that I don't”
  3295. >You both know that's a lie
  3296. >“I just want to know what we did, I mean yeah I get it with Incog, hell I hate him too. But before you girls came snooping around, you were none the wiser to what we were doing. So why hate me and Anon?”
  3297. >You're about to answer until you promptly shut your mouth
  3298. >You really didn't have an answer to that
  3299. >Did you just hate them, just because
  3300. >You think over everything you remember about them but don't come up with anything
  3301. >As you pace back and forth you can feel his eyes lazily following you
  3302. >He isn't interrogating you, he's just genuinely curious
  3303. >But that only makes you feel worse when you can't think of a worthwhile answer
  3304. >As you let out a defeated sigh his sisters pop into your head
  3305. >It's only briefly but it does give you your answer
  3306. “Cause I was scared”
  3307. >He sits up and looks at you with a mix of surprise and worry
  3308. >“Of us?”
  3309. “Of what you could do, I didn't hate you before, I didn't like you either sure. But I only started hating you when I found out you were sirens”
  3310. >You can see he still hasn't put everything together so you slump your shoulders, letting your bags fall to the floor
  3311. >Sitting next to him you keep your eyes on the ground
  3312. “Back when your sisters made everyone fight... when they made me and my friends fight... it was the single worst experience I've ever had.”
  3313. >“But you guys have argued before, and you've fought magic before”
  3314. >You turn to him and simply shake your head
  3315. “You've never been under a Siren's spell have you?”
  3316. >“Well no, we're naturally resistant to it”
  3317. >You simply nod at that, having not quite found the right words to describe it
  3318. >You tap your foot and curl into yourself just a little bit as you try to come up with how to describe what it was like
  3319. “It was like they were in my head, and they kept telling me these awful things about my friends, and awful things that they said about me. I knew none of it was true but no matter how hard I fought it I couldn't help but fall for it. I felt like a puppet or a toy, it makes me sick just to think about”
  3320. >You curl further into yourself as you picture what it was like
  3321. >You tense up but relax as a hand makes contact with your back
  3322. >Looking to the side you see Pseudo looking at you with only worry in his eyes now
  3323. >He slowly rubs up and down your back and you can't help but uncurl at the contact
  3324. >Standing up, Pseudo places the bags he was carrying besides you
  3325. >“There isn't really anything I can say to that Rainbow, but I do understand”
  3326. >You turn your head to face him again to see a small smile tugging at his lips
  3327. >“I think I'd be worried if you weren't cautious of me and my brothers after something like that”
  3328. >His smile spreads as he makes his way to the exit at his slow lumbering pace
  3329. >As he reaches the door you finally find your voice and call out
  3330. “So does that mean we're cool?”
  3331. >He simply holds a thumbs-up as the doors slam behind him
  3332. >You let out a breathe you didn't know you were holding as you find your mind empty
  3333. >After a few minutes you roll your shoulders and pick up your Wonderbolts stuff
  3334. >Taking in the cool air of the mall one last time you begin making your own way home
  3335.  
  3336. >A few days have passed since Anonymous and his brothers told you and the girls about just how complicated their situation really is
  3337. >You, being Sunset Shimmer
  3338. >You're sort of glad that nothing too substantial has occurred for a few days
  3339. >It gave you time to process everything
  3340. >Celestia knows you certainly needed that time
  3341. >Ever since you found them out, everything's just been twisting and getting tangled up
  3342. >You're glad you could sit back, take a breath, and think everything through
  3343. >You probably would've snapped if you didn't get some down time
  3344. >But it still isn't enough
  3345. >First their was that weird song thing they did
  3346. >Then you found out that they've been working secretly for nearly a year
  3347. >Then you find out that they're related to Adagio, Aria, and Sonata
  3348. >After that, you found out that they just wanted magic to reunite with their family, rather than rule the world
  3349. >With no evidence to call them evil, you just let them be, then you started getting along with Anon more than you expected
  3350. >The next thing you know, it turns out that Starswirl may, or may not, attack them if they try to go home
  3351. >You really wish you had your journal back, or at least knew where it was
  3352. >Then maybe you could set up an interdimensional discussion between the three and Starswirl
  3353. >Wow, that sounds stupider and stupider each time you consider it
  3354. >But you just wish you could solve everything because, despite their motives being good
  3355. >You still don't like them sucking the magic out of everyone here
  3356. >Not to mention that they still haven't taken the Field down
  3357. >It isn't hurting anyone sure, but that doesn't make it right
  3358. >Meanwhile Anonymous and Incognito are too stubborn to accept your help
  3359. >At least Pseudo is on your side
  3360. >Well he's on both sides really, him being with Fluttershy is probably why you've progressed so well
  3361. >That's one small comfort you can take in this
  3362. >All the girls are willing to give them a chance
  3363. >Even Rainbow, from what Pseudo told you that day
  3364. >You admit, you were pretty sceptical
  3365. >When Rainbow sees someone as an enemy, it takes a lot to convince her otherwise
  3366. >But your doubts were put to rest the next day when you saw her, walking to school alongside Pseudo and Fluttershy
  3367. >It gave you hope that, given enough time, you could all get along with all three of them like that
  3368. >You're brought out of your thoughts by the sound of snapping fingers
  3369. >Coming back to reality you quickly get your bearings
  3370. >Anonymous is walking besides you and looks at you with a perplexed face
  3371. >“You alright there Sunset? You were out for few minutes”
  3372. “I was? Oh sorry, I was just thinking about stuff, you know”
  3373. >He gives a small hum as he turns to look ahead again
  3374. >Just in time too, as he nearly collided with Scootaloo, who was racing down the pavement
  3375. >You both look at her go then share a confused look
  3376. >You only become more confused as you see the other two crusaders chasing after her as best they can
  3377. >“Scootaloo, come on we ain't got time to go to some new skate park”
  3378. >They briefly apologise as they barge past you two to keep heading after their friend
  3379. >You both share a short laugh at their antics
  3380. >They seem to get in trouble more often than the seven of you
  3381. >As you continue heading to CH, you go into a comfortable silence as you walk besides Anon
  3382. >You remember the first time you encountered him on your way to school
  3383. >Actually the image of him closing in on you, often pops into your head
  3384. >But you always squish it down, like now for instance
  3385. >It took a while to stop yourself from blushing each time you thought of it
  3386. >But you managed to get it under control before anyone asked
  3387. >Celestia knows how you'd even begin to try and explain that
  3388. >“You were thinking about the Field again weren't you?”
  3389. “Wait what?”
  3390. >You don't even need to try and stop thinking about that memory now that Anon has basically stopped your brain in it's tracks
  3391. “Where did that come from?”
  3392. >“Come on Sunset, I'm not a fool, sure we've only been hanging out for a few days but I can tell when you're thinking about it. You get all quiet and contemplative, and the fact that you kept shooting looks at me just sort of confirmed it to be honest”
  3393. >You can feel a light blush dusting your cheeks at that
  3394. >Looks like you're gonna have to train yourself to not ogle at Anon when your heads in the clouds
  3395. >At least he doesn't take it the wrong way
  3396. >You've seen a girl get chewed out by a guy for ogling them enough times that you know that you don't want anything like that
  3397. “Okay, yeah you got me, but can you really blame me?”
  3398. >Anon heaves a sigh at that, and you can tell what's gonna come next
  3399. >Because, while it's weird to admit it, you two can seemingly tell what the other is thinking from the slightest thing
  3400. >It's made even weirder by the fact that you two have only been hanging out for a few days
  3401. >Sure you've gotten to know each other
  3402. >But that was only in small ways
  3403. >But still, you can tell that he's annoyed
  3404. >He always gets like this when you try and bring up his plans and what he's doing
  3405. >He's too stubborn to accept your help or change the plan, no matter how many times you bring it up, or how many arguments you give for it
  3406. >The response you get is always the same
  3407. >“Look Sunset, I just... we just can't alright? I don't expect you to understand why, but I just need you to take my word on it”
  3408. >You'd normally bring up something about, taking someone's word, and trust, and something else
  3409. >But your brain's been trying to process everything for so long that you've become too tired to argue
  3410. >For now at least
  3411. >You really do need to find something to blow off some steam
  3412. >The two of you go back into comfortable silence as you think of what you could do
  3413. >You've already explored your preferred methods of relaxation, and those have been less than successful
  3414. >As you get a bit lost in your thoughts you find your eyes darting to Anonymous now and again
  3415. >Well that at least proves his previous point
  3416. >But it also makes you think
  3417. >Despite you knowing him for such a brief time, you are glad that you know him
  3418. >He helps you feel more connected to Equestria than before
  3419. >Sure you had the journal, but you couldn't rely on Twilight to always be there to talk to
  3420. >Meanwhile Anon has been very open to you
  3421. >Even if he does close himself off when you try to talk to him about his plan
  3422. >But with everything else, he's nearly always available
  3423. >When you want to talk about magic theories with someone who actually understands what you're going on about
  3424. >When you want to talk about Equestrian history or even what it was like in your respective kingdoms
  3425. >Sometimes you'll just talk to him about school stuff
  3426. >He's always happy to talk
  3427. >But there's also always something there, when you are talking or hanging out
  3428. >You're not sure how to describe it
  3429. >It's like he wants to be there and somewhere else at the same time
  3430. >You just reckon it's cause he's never hung out with someone outside his family or species
  3431. >If it's something more than that, you won't pry
  3432. >The beginning of school is about the same as it usually is
  3433. >Except for one major difference
  3434. >Incog isn't being as big an ass as usual
  3435. >You expected that you'd have to endure another day of him using your hair as a runway for paper airplanes
  3436. >But none came
  3437. >In fact you hardly heard a peep from him the whole class
  3438. >The only exception being when he actually participated and answered a question the teacher put up
  3439. >You're not sure whether to be happy or disturbed by his sudden change
  3440. >You approach him at the end of class, which causes him to become unusually tense
  3441. “Hey Incog, you feeling alright?”
  3442. >“I'm fine Red, why do you ask?”
  3443. >Despite his calm demeanour, with how tightly he's gripping his bag strap you can tell something's up
  3444. “It's nothing, it's just you weren't as big an asshole as usual”
  3445. >You smack your hand over your mouth
  3446. >“Umm, thank you?”
  3447. >You hadn't even thought of what you were thinking, it sounded a lot better in your head
  3448. >You look around the room and, as expected, every girl is shooting their dirtiest look at you, and every guy is muttering to themselves
  3449. >Goodbye social life, I hardly knew ye
  3450. >Just as you think that though you see everyone's eyes go dull
  3451. >A few seconds later they blink and jerk upright, like they just woke up from a dream
  3452. >Then they go back to what they were doing like nothing happened
  3453. >Some of them even wave to you as they leave
  3454. >You return it as best you can
  3455. >Before you even open your mouth you see red mist fall off of them as they leave the room
  3456. >The mist then splits, some of it speeding out of the door
  3457. >Whilst the rest of it heads to the two of you
  3458. >You follow it all the way to Incog's belt
  3459. >You quickly turn your head to look him in the eyes
  3460. >“Pretty useful huh?”
  3461. >He has his usual smug smile back
  3462. >As it spreads across his face you let out a huff and turn to grab your bag
  3463. “Doesn't change anything, no matter how useful it is”
  3464. >Despite scoffing at his words, you are thankful that your social life didn't go down the toilet
  3465. >As you head to the door you stop yourself and turn back to him
  3466. >He looks up at you, with a blank face this time
  3467. “So you're sure you're ok?”
  3468. >His blank face morphs into a mix of confusion and surprise
  3469. >Shaking his head he sucks in air as he double checks his bag, refusing to look up at you
  3470. >“Yeah I'm fine it's just...”
  3471. >You lean against the doorway and signal for him to continue
  3472. >Even though you know he isn't looking at you, you hope he can tell your listening
  3473. >“...Anon and Pseudo seems to be into this whole 'friendship' thing. I still don't get it but, I may as well go along with it as best I can. So I guess I ought to apologise, for being an asshole”
  3474. >Now you feel like a jerk for bringing that up
  3475. >But you also feel an exceptional amount of happiness at his words
  3476. “Apology accepted”
  3477. >He's clearly shocked by how readily you accepted, but he just as quickly smiles at you
  3478. >Without a hint of smugness this time
  3479. >If that isn't progress then you don't know what is
  3480. >Just as you're about to head out you stop yourself once more
  3481. >You don't look at him this time but you can feel his gaze on you
  3482. “You do know that I'm not the one you actually owe an apology to, right?”
  3483. >As you feel his gaze fall off you, you head out for the rest of the school day
  3484. >Each time you think you're getting closer, you're forced to remind yourself that you're barely moving forward
  3485. >At least you know that you're clearing the way for when you can
  3486. >As you make your way to your desk, you can already tell you're not gonna have any fun this lesson
  3487. >This is one of the few lessons you have that you don't share with any of your friends
  3488. >Neither of the guys are here either, so you're left with just yourself to talk with
  3489. >Obviously there are people you know of, but none that you'd count as friends
  3490. >As the lesson goes on, you find yourself having more and more difficulties
  3491. >Still being stressed out from trying to figure everything out certainly isn't helping either
  3492. >You swear you're getting a migraine from it
  3493. >This in turn, constantly causes you to lose track of where you are in the lesson
  3494. >Which means you've had to ask the teacher no less than half a dozen times to backtrack, so you can make proper notes
  3495. >If that wasn't enough your body's started to ache as soon as the lesson began
  3496. >But it only got worse as time went on
  3497. >You've had to adamantly refuse the teacher's suggestion of visiting Nurse Redheart twice already
  3498. >Momma didn't raise no quitter
  3499. >You'll be damned if you go to the nurse for something like this
  3500. >About quarter of an hour before the next lesson your teacher gets a call
  3501. >They actually turn their back to the class and hunch over the phone and talk in a hushed whisper
  3502. >After raising their voice, and whisper shouting some very choice words, they move from their desk and head to the door
  3503. >They plaster the worst attempt at a smile on their face and run a hand through their hair
  3504. >Despite them trying to act calm their shaking hands tells a whole different story
  3505. >They tell you all to keep on with the class until they get back
  3506. >With all of you being such good, hard-working students
  3507. >Everyone packs up their bags and start relaxing
  3508. >Some just leave the class not even a minute after the teacher left
  3509. >Probably to smoke in one of the bathrooms or the roof
  3510. >You lean your chair back and take a deep breath, trying to get your throbbing head to calm down
  3511. >“Hey Sunset”
  3512. >You begrudgingly crack an eye open to look at who's interrupting your relaxation
  3513. >You actually let your chair fall back onto all four legs when you see Norman
  3514. >He, along with Flash, is one of the closest people you have to a friend outside of your usual circle
  3515. “Hey Norman, how's everything?”
  3516. >“Meh, the usual, though me and Roseluck are getting dinner tonight”
  3517. “Wait, Roseluck? I thought you were dating Baton Switch?”
  3518. >He visibly deflates at that and rubs his arm
  3519. >“Yeah, we were, but we broke up a few weeks ago”
  3520. >Damn, you really need to stop zoning out when Rarity starts gossiping
  3521. “I'm so sorry Norman, I didn't know, what happened?”
  3522. >“Knowing Norman, he probably gave her his patented it's not you it's me breakup line, right Norm?”
  3523. >It takes all your willpower to not smirk at Sandalwood
  3524. >You know Norman's a good guy and all, but Sandal's right when he called that line patented
  3525. >Whenever you've heard about Norman's breakups the one consistency is that line
  3526. >“Oh shut up Sandal, there was more to it than that, she was always at her Marching Band practice, I never got to see her”
  3527. >He huffs and turns away as he crosses his arms
  3528. >Sandalwood simply laughs at him, grabs his shoulder and spins him round
  3529. >“Oh come on Norm, you know I'm only joking with you”
  3530. >Norman tries to hold his angry look but it breaks pretty easily
  3531. >“Yeah I do, and I've got Roseluck so I'm over Switch”
  3532. >“Atta boy”
  3533. >Sandal gives Norman a slap on the back which causes him to stumble and catch himself on your desk
  3534. >“Woah, sorry Sunset”
  3535. “It's no problem, so how long do you reckon this one will last?”
  3536. >“I'd say 2 weeks”
  3537. >Norman looks between you both, jaw slack and eyes wide
  3538. >“Come on you guys, I'm not that bad. Am I?”
  3539. “Nah I'd say he could make it last a month”
  3540. >“Wanna bet on it, say... $20?”
  3541. >“Sandal!”
  3542. >Snapping out of his shock, Norman shoves Sandalwood into a desk this time
  3543. >Sandal only responds by bursting out laughing
  3544. >“Come on man, you know I'm only joking”
  3545. >Norman simply grumbles and seats himself of the edge of your desk
  3546. >“If that's your best joke then don't take up stand-up as a career”
  3547. >Sandal throws his head back at that, holding his chest in mock pain
  3548. >Eventually they both share a light laugh and turn back to you
  3549. >“So Sunset, I should get back to what I wanted to say before”
  3550. >You look back to Norman as he straightens himself up
  3551. >“Are you feeling ok? You were acting weird for a lot of the lesson”
  3552. >You let out a groan and attempt to bury your head in your desk at that
  3553. >Sure, you didn't exactly make an attempt to conceal what you were doing, but you didn't think people would worry enough to notice
  3554. >Lifting your head back up you see the two of them shooting you worried glances
  3555. >You simply wave them off and heave a sigh
  3556. “I've just got a lot on my mind right now you two, you don't need to worry, once I get home and rest the aches ought to go away”
  3557. >Their faces turn from worry to sympathy at that
  3558. >“You poor thing Sunset, you're working yourself too hard”
  3559. >“I agree, I mean there's the band, and all the studying you do, then you have to juggle your social life, I'm surprised you didn't get exhausted earlier”
  3560. >Norman hums in agreement and you can't help but smile at their doting nature
  3561. >It reminded you of your dad a lot
  3562. >“But what you need is more than just some rest missy. I'd say what you need is a full day at the spa.”
  3563. >At the mention of the spa you bolt up and immediately start shaking your head
  3564. “Woah, woah, woah guys. I do not need to be pampered at some spa, I never have. I've had worse and gotten through it fine”
  3565. >Sandalwood places his hand on your shoulder
  3566. >“It's not fine Sunset, you're hurting, and as your classmates we can't stand to see it.”
  3567. >“I agree with Sandal for once. There's this lovely inexpensive spa just down the way from the mall. Run by these two charming foreign ladies, they go by Aloe and Lotus”
  3568. >You had heard about the place from Rarity and Fluttershy quite a lot, though you got more of an earful from Rarity
  3569. >You had a vague idea of what you would expect from there, and none of what either of the two said that they got really appealed to you
  3570. “I really doubt I'd be up for it guys”
  3571. >“Oh nonsense, Rarity and Fluttershy couldn't give it any higher praise if they tried, and from what I hear Bulk is actually working there part-time”
  3572. >That was certainly news to you
  3573. >The though of that brick wall on steroids working in a place of relaxation made your spine shiver
  3574. >“Look Sunset, we know we're probably not gonna convince you, but you should consider it. Maybe go with Rarity or Fluttershy, or maybe even take one of your guy friends there, I'm sure one of them would appreciate it”
  3575. >As you're about to argue back again the bell lets off a shrill ring, indicating the end of the lesson
  3576. >Yet still no sign of your teacher
  3577. >Oh well, it's they're problem now
  3578. >As you wave to Norman and Sandalwood as you head out to your next lesson you feel a twinge of pain shoot in your side
  3579. >Maybe you could ask Rarity or Fluttershy about the spa after all
  3580. >At least you have a chance to keep your mind off of the aches these next two lessons
  3581. >Seeing as you have them with Anonymous
  3582. >It still feels weird to know you're having lessons with him and Incog after nearly a year of ignoring them
  3583. >You still wonder if you should do something for them
  3584. >After all, before you figured out that they were Sirens you were adamant in making it up to them and possibly befriending them
  3585. >Before that knowledge the situation felt all too similar to the one you had with Wallflower
  3586. >But now you're not sure what to do
  3587. >Obviously you're still trying to befriend them
  3588. >But they're still so closed off
  3589. >Like with their unwillingness to share their plan or let you help
  3590. >Maybe there's something you can do to make them trust you and open up more
  3591. >But the question is what
  3592. >You were so deep in thought that, you didn't even notice the teacher trying to get your attention until they were right in your face
  3593. >“Miss Shimmer!”
  3594. >Their voice pulled you back to reality, causing you to jump in your seat
  3595. “What um yes?”
  3596. >You blinked several times as you tried to refocus
  3597. >“Honestly Miss Shimmer if you'd rather be daydreaming then learning, then maybe you'd like to do so in detention?”
  3598. “What! No no no, I'm sorry, I've just got a lot on my mind”
  3599. >“Oh? Then maybe you'd like to share it with the rest of the class?”
  3600. >You shrunk in your seat at that
  3601. >Under your teacher's judging glare and the giggles of your classmates you never felt so small
  3602. >But just as quickly as the eyes were on you, you felt them lift
  3603. >Turning your head up, you see the whole class staring into space with glazed over eyes
  3604. >Well the whole class except for you and Anonymous
  3605. >Turning on him you shoot him a glare
  3606. >He remains as nonchalant as he always is with his reckless use of magic
  3607. >Seeing your glare he rolls his eyes and lets out a groan
  3608. >“What did I do this time?”
  3609. “Oh geez let me think?”
  3610. >As you say that you violently indicate to the whole class
  3611. >“You were being pointlessly targeted for literally doing nothing, it annoyed me”
  3612. >You let out a groan of your own as he once again fails to grasp what he's doing wrong
  3613. “It's not about what annoys you Anon. I was supposed to be paying attention, I didn't, the punishment was to deter me”
  3614. >“That's stupid, these humans are stupid, are ponies just as bad?”
  3615. >You rub your temples to try and stop him from making your migraine worse
  3616. “There is nothing wrong with enforcing rules”
  3617. >“These rules are pointless”
  3618. >You bury your head in your hands and let out a muffled, exasperated groan
  3619. “Anonymous you can't just keep using your magic, for every little thing. What happened to that whole collecting magic to get to your sisters thing?”
  3620. >All but forgetting about the class he turns to you
  3621. >“If I was using individual spells, then yes this would be a waste, but I'm just manipulating the Field, the magic I get from them forgetting is more than what I use to make them forget in the first place”
  3622. “But making them forget parts of their lives, no matter how insignificant, isn't fair to them Anon”
  3623. >“My sisters are worth more than them”
  3624. >As his words echo in your head you can help but feel a pang in your chest
  3625. >You let your face and voice drop, hoping that a calmer tone will work better
  3626. “I get that Anonymous...”
  3627. >You move to the edge of your seat and place a hand on his leg
  3628. >His eyes shoot between your hand and your face, a quizzical look on his face
  3629. >Parts of his body are tense yet his face is calm
  3630. >His eyes scan your face but you keep it calm
  3631. “...but others can be like family to you too.”
  3632. >He seems taken aback by that as his eyes widen and his eyebrows raise
  3633. >Going from taken aback to doubtful, his gaze shifted and the corner of his mouth turned up into a smirk
  3634. >His gaze shifted and the corner of his mouth turned up into a smirk
  3635. >“Yeah, sure they can”
  3636. >He turns his head away from you, staring off into the distance, not unlike the others in the class
  3637. “Come on Anonymous I know you know about what I've done here. The others are what helped me get through it despite everything I did. If that isn't like family I don't know what is”
  3638. >The only response you get from him is his eyes narrowing
  3639. “You've even seen it yourself haven't you?”
  3640. >That gets an actual response from him
  3641. >Turning back to you he raises an eyebrow again and looks you up and down
  3642. “With Pseudo and Fluttershy right?”
  3643. >His eyes widen significantly at that, but this time they stay that way
  3644. >Seemingly processing your words he turns his head down as his eyes dart back and forth
  3645. >It makes you feel sad that he grew up in a species that's so averse to affection outside of family
  3646. >Even with his brother dating one of your friends he didn't consider the possibility of family that wasn't blood related or a mate
  3647. >You release his leg and turn back to the class
  3648. >For a while the two of you are quiet
  3649. >You don't look back at him, even though you feel his eyes on you, instead you simply sink your head into your arms
  3650. >Eventually he just lets out a grunt and, through your peripherals, you see him flick his hand
  3651. >As soon as you blink you see the class go from dull eyed statues, to going back to what they were doing before, as if nothing happened
  3652. >Other than the few aches you feel throughout the class nothing very interesting happens
  3653. >The next class passes you by just as quickly
  3654. >Anonymous stays in silence throughout
  3655. >His head hung low
  3656. >You can't help but wonder what he's thinking
  3657. >Did your words really hit him that hard
  3658. >You shake your head before you make the same mistake as last lesson
  3659. >Hopefully you'll be able to talk to him during lunch
  3660. >Soon enough the teacher finishes the lesson with seconds to spare before the bell rings
  3661. >Speak of the devil and he shall come and all that
  3662. >Packing up your things you turn to ask Anon if he wants to sit with you and the girls again
  3663. >But you're only met with an empty space
  3664. >Turning to the door, you see his bag slip into the crowd of people
  3665. >With a grumble, you sling your bag over your shoulders and attempt to wade through the sea of students as well
  3666. >Sadly you're not as successful as you'd hoped to be
  3667. >You've become wedged between two students and boxed in at all sides, making it impossible to move
  3668. >Luckily, you are eventually freed and able to breathe when they finally disperse into the lunch room
  3669. >Unluckily, you've lost any chance of catching up to Anonymous
  3670. >Deciding it best to leave him be, you line up to grab yourself a lunch
  3671. >Soon enough you're heading over to the usual table where the girls are waving you over
  3672. >Rainbow, Fluttershy and Pseudo are all sitting next to each other
  3673. >Meanwhile Rarity, Twilight, Pinkie Pie, and Applejack are on the same side as Incognito
  3674. >They seem to be trying to engage him
  3675. >With varying levels of success
  3676. >From him ignoring them completely all the way to him shooting them a glance and grunting
  3677. >You decide to sit next to Rainbow
  3678. >Digging into your food, you let out a hum as you taste Granny's city famous cooking
  3679. >Sure it may not look appetising, but even with the school's limited food budget, Granny somehow found a way to bring out all the right flavours
  3680. >You're so glad she took over from the last lunch lady
  3681. >She made the food taste like burnt rubber even when the budget was better
  3682. >Rainbow is still sure that the lunch lady just pocketed the majority of the budget, and then served whatever she could scrape together after
  3683. >You would argue but then again she did retire unnaturally early
  3684. >When you brought it up with Celestia, she had it looked into but nothing came up
  3685. >You guess the mystery of the mystery meat will remain unsolved
  3686. >You're jostled from Memory Lane as you look up to see Rarity leaning across the table towards you
  3687. >Looking between your friends they seem just as confused at the fashionista's behaviour as you
  3688. >All except for Fluttershy
  3689. >Of course
  3690. >You slow down your chewing to try and make her wait long enough to get bored
  3691. >When you finally swallow the food you see her still undeterred
  3692. >Letting out a small sigh you smile up at Rarity
  3693. “Can I help you?”
  3694. >Bringing her hand to rest on your shoulder she pulls you closer
  3695. >“Actually I think I can help you”
  3696. >Damn you knew there were a lot of rumours of Rarity being a dyke but you didn't think they were true
  3697. >Before you're able to progress that thought you feel your spine quiver as she presses lightly in a spot between your shoulder and neck
  3698. >Her fingers expertly dance across the recently sore area and you have to catch yourself before you let out a moan
  3699. >No homo
  3700. >Just as quickly as it came, the sensation fades
  3701. >Your eyes flutter back into focus and you shift back into your seat
  3702. >You'd try to contain the blush spreading across your face from that display but you know it'd be pointless
  3703. >“That's isn't even close to how good Aloe and Lotus could make you feel if you let them”
  3704. >Celestia yes, that sounds good
  3705. >No homo
  3706. “How did you even-”
  3707. >“Two little birdies by the name of Norman and Sandalwood let me know”
  3708. >Note to self, kill Sandalwood and Norman
  3709. >You would normally reject the idea but if Rarity's telling the truth then you don't think you have the will to
  3710. “Alright fine, I'll go to the stupid spa”
  3711. >Rarity's face grew a smile that could challenge Pinkie's at that
  3712. >Bringing her hands to her mouth she couldn't contain her excited giggles
  3713. >For the rest of lunch Rarity went over dozens if not hundreds of other services they offered there
  3714. >99% of them you couldn't pronounce
  3715. >At least Fluttershy was there to give short snippets of what to expect from each and gave a few recommendations
  3716. >Meanwhile Incognito stayed his usual moody self, though he had ended up getting into a conversation with Applejack and Twilight
  3717. >The first asking about how the Sirens ate and how her family's cooking compared
  3718. >The other shooting off a million questions a minute, from their magic, to their biology, to their history and everything between and beyond
  3719. >Pseudo in the meanwhile spoke with Rainbow about sports
  3720. >Rainbow suggested he could try for a basketball team with his height
  3721. >This caught Fluttershy's attention
  3722. >As Rainbow went into detail about what basketball was, because apparently it wasn't a thing where they came from
  3723. >Eventually Rainbow got onto what sort of clothing he'd need
  3724. >She began talking about things like the elasticity and length of the shorts and how loose the shirt would need to be to reduce it sticking to his skin
  3725. >When it came to sports Rainbow only talked about it from a practical standpoint as she literally couldn't see it any other way
  3726. >However, with how her breathing had become shallow, her grip on Pseudo had tightened and how red her face was, Fluttershy was thinking of it in a completely different way
  3727. >Who knew
  3728. >Eventually the bell rang, and you were all forced to trudge back to the classes
  3729. >However just before you did you pulled Pseudo to the side
  3730. “Look I don't know if you noticed but Anonymous wasn't here during lunch”
  3731. >“Really? I could have sworn he was posing and dancing on our table”
  3732. >You let out a huff through your nose
  3733. >You guess you deserved that much sarcasm for a question like that
  3734. “Look that's unimportant, we got into a conversation during class and he got all quiet and I don't know where he went. I just want to be sure he's alright, could you ask him to meet me at the spa after school?”
  3735. >Raising an eyebrow at you, Pseudo scans you up and down with narrowed eyes
  3736. >Humming to himself he gives you a curt nod before he heads off to his class
  3737. >Letting out a sigh you follow behind, hoping the day will end quickly
  3738. >As another shooting pain hits the area where Rarity had recently massaged it you hope the day ends even quicker
  3739. >Sadly your wish does not come true
  3740. >With the aches and pains constantly distracting you, you could hardly focus on any of the lessons
  3741. >Let alone turn off your brain so that the day went by quicker
  3742. >As if that wasn't enough, the constant groans had all your teachers stop the lessons to give you a lecture on health and safety and the nurse's office
  3743. >Honestly, they complained about you wasting the time of the other students, but the other students paid little to no attention to you
  3744. >At least in class they didn't, as soon as you were out of each, you were met with a crowd of students checking up on you
  3745. >You couldn't help but smile at that
  3746. >To think that, a little over a year ago, you became a demon who attempted to enslave all of them
  3747. >Then before that you were the alpha of this school, nothing happened without your say so
  3748. >You really didn't deserve half the kindnesses that you were given
  3749. >Yet they didn't care, they just wanted to help you because
  3750. >Well honestly you're not sure why
  3751. >Because they wanted to, because it was the kind thing to do, you still weren't sure
  3752. >The girls and Princess Twilight had constantly reassured you that there was nothing to what they were doing other than the fact they wanted to do it
  3753. >Now with this world's Twilight attending the school you're having to give her the same reassurances that you need from time to time
  3754. >You'd find it funny if it didn't make you feel so pathetic
  3755. >You used to be a proverbial fountain of self-confidence
  3756. >Now you're about as confident as the one kid in gym class who hasn't hit puberty
  3757. >It's only worse because you feel like if you had more, you might be able to convince Anon to let you help him
  3758. >Being away from his family for a thousand years probably crushed him
  3759. >Now he's having so much trouble getting any magic to find them
  3760. >To top it all off he's gotten inside his own head and backed himself into a corner
  3761. >He thinks he doesn't have any other option other than doing everything with his brothers
  3762. >He's so averse to letting anyone help him that it's almost like he's scared of other people
  3763. >But maybe he has good reason too
  3764. >With how's he's talked about Sirens you wouldn't be surprised if there were some packs back in his home that took advantage of his sisters being away
  3765. >Now he refuses to go back to Equestria from fear of Starswirl, and he refuses to let you help him from fear of... something
  3766. >You can't put your finger on it, but you can feel like there's something eating away at him
  3767. >The way he went so quiet back at school made that much obvious
  3768. >He'd known about Fluttershy and Pseudo, but it's like he acknowledged it for the first time, and it seemed to scare him
  3769. >Maybe if you had some of your old mojo you could convince him to let you help
  3770. >Or at the least you could coax something more out of him
  3771. >But for now, you'll have to make do with what you've got available
  3772. >Hopefully Pseudo found and convinced Anon to meet you at the spa
  3773. >Speaking of which, you may need to pick up the pace
  3774. >You've been dragging your feet ever since you got into school
  3775. >You start to go at a jogging pace and take some shortcuts home
  3776. >One of the biggest rules of boys, is to not leave them waiting
  3777. >Sure you didn't specify a time to meet
  3778. >Sure Anon isn't anything like the guys here, he's actually more like one of the girls
  3779. >Sure this isn't anything other than a casual meetup
  3780. >But you still shouldn't keep him waiting
  3781. >Just because you want to be polite
  3782. >Just keep telling yourself Sunset
  3783. >You really do need this more than you're willing to admit
  3784. >Then you might finally be able to sort your thoughts out, so they stop tripping over each other
  3785. >Finally making it to your door you fiddle with your key ring to find the one you need
  3786. >Damn it, why did you let Rarity convince you to let her accessories this stupid thing
  3787. >It's got more random knick knacks attached to it, than Rainbow has Wonderbolts memorabilia
  3788. >Heaving an exasperated groan you stuff the ring back into your pocket, making a mental note to take it apart later
  3789. >There was a tree just outside your house planted alongside a line of other trees along the pavement
  3790. >They didn't serve any real purpose, the city just put them there to make the houses around the area more expensive
  3791. >Sadly, such low effort design actually worked
  3792. >Thank Celestia the bits you brought with you didn't get changed when you went through the portal
  3793. >Having a veritable stockpile of gold coins had made living here really easy financially speaking
  3794. >Checking up and down the streets, and glancing at the windows of the surrounding houses you make sure no one's looking
  3795. >After confirming that you're not being watched you dig into the small amount of soil around the tree
  3796. >Eventually your hand scrapes against something hard and cold, you jam your hand into the hole, and pull out your spare key
  3797. >You wipe the mud off onto your shirt and refill the hole
  3798. >As you head back to your door you give the key a quick whiff
  3799. >It's been covered in so much dirt that you can't even smell the metal anymore
  3800. >Sirens really are impressive creatures
  3801. >Finally getting into your house you try to shake the day's drowsiness off
  3802. >Haphazardly you fling your bag into a random direction and stretch and roll your aching shoulders
  3803. >You don't hear anything break so it was a good throw
  3804. >You discard your clothes with the same care and head to the shower
  3805. >Washing off the day's grime helps puts a bit of a smile on your face and lifts your mood
  3806. >In fact you already feel less achy than before
  3807. >You knew you didn't need the spa to deal with it
  3808. >But now you have to go anyway
  3809. >Damn, why does past you always leave you to deal with her problems
  3810. >As you make your way to your closet, you slow down your steps as you approach
  3811. >Your hand reflectively rubs the spots you had messed up the other day
  3812. >Maybe you should offer to buy Anon one of the services at the spa as a thank you
  3813. >Who knows what might have happened to you if he wasn't there to treat you
  3814. >You force yourself to hold back a retch, but you can't help but shiver at the thought
  3815. >Shaking your head, you steel yourself and start getting ready to head out
  3816. >With how the sun's shining and with summer fast approaching, you decide to throw on a black vest and some denim shorts
  3817. >You head over to your bag and dump the contents onto your bed
  3818. >You can sort through it all later
  3819. >For now you use your bag to hold some swimwear, your phone, and your, now noticeably lighter, key ring
  3820. >Rarity said their was a hot tub in the spa
  3821. >While there's apparently no rule for wearing anything while in it, you still feel the need to cover up in that sort of situation
  3822. >A few minutes later you're passing by the mall and well on your way to the Blossom/Vera Spa
  3823. >A pleasant jingle of the door bell fills your ears as you make your way in
  3824. >A woman with light pink skin and a lush head of blue hair looks up from her newspaper at you
  3825. >Upon making eye contact she breaks into an ear-to-ear grin
  3826. >“Lotus! Come quick, we have a new customer”
  3827. >The woman practically skips over to you, her smile never faltering
  3828. >It's almost as infectious as Pinkie Pie's
  3829. >When she gets to you she clasps your hand in hers and gives it a vigorous shake
  3830. >“Hello there, my name is Aloe and I will be pampering you today, now what is your name?”
  3831. >Pulling your hand away you attempt to process her words while trying to figure out where her accent is from
  3832. “Oh um, I'm Sunset Shimmer”
  3833. >You hear a gasp from behind Aloe and see a woman with light blue skin and an equally lush head of pink hair
  3834. >Despite their differences in skin and hair colour, they're practically the same person
  3835. >Same eye colour, same height, same physique
  3836. >“So you are the Sunset Shimmer that misses Rarity and Fluttershy talk about”
  3837. “Oh um yeah I guess. I- I didn't realise they talked about me so much”
  3838. >You nervously rub the back of your neck at the new revelation
  3839. >“Oh. I know that look darling. I tell you now, Rarity and Fluttershy can not say enough good things about you”
  3840. >That's... weird how she knew what you were thinking
  3841. >“Now come along dear, we'll get you a robe and you can tell us what ails you so”
  3842. >Before you're even able to say anything they've each grabbed one of your arms and pulled you into the changing room
  3843. >When they're finally done, you're left wearing nothing other than an incredibly fluffy bath robe
  3844. >You don't know where they're from, all you know is that the culture is very casual about physical contact
  3845. >It took a lot to persuade them to let you keep your underwear on
  3846. >After telling them about your aches and pains today, they set you up for what was a very inexpensive treatment
  3847. >Just like Norman and Rarity said it would be
  3848. >You still couldn't pronounce it if you tried, but it's off to a good start
  3849. >Right now you're relaxing in a sauna, breathing in the heavy, hot air, and letting yourself slip into comfort
  3850. >With each breath you feel the previously burning aches turn into dull throbs
  3851. >Aloe and Lotus regularly add water to the hot coals
  3852. >Overtime the air grows noticeably thicker and thicker
  3853. >Aloe and Lotus assure you it's part of the treatment but it makes you a bit uncomfortable
  3854. >It almost makes it hard to breathe
  3855. >Luckily they tell you that they're ready to begin the second part of the service before you start suffocating
  3856. >The second part of the service was by far the weirdest experience you've ever had
  3857. >That includes all the magic shenanigans you've gotten into
  3858. >Bulk Biceps is massaging your back in the most peculiar way possible
  3859. >He had hopped onto your back and pressed into just the right spots flawlessly using the tips of his toes
  3860. >You're pretty sure that, when he had gotten to a particularly big knot in your back, he had done a flip to add enough pressure get rid of it
  3861. >Yet you barely felt it
  3862. >The guy was essentially a walking fridge, but you barely felt any of his weight
  3863. >Sadly, that part of the session had ended quicker than you would have liked
  3864. >It felt magical
  3865. >You're surprised there's even a third part to begin with
  3866. >The aches are all gone anyway
  3867. >But Aloe and Lotus insisted that you relax in the hot tub to help you fully recover
  3868. >Luckily, you came prepared for this
  3869. >What you weren't prepared for is how much those two would argue
  3870. >They really are too casual about this kind of stuff
  3871. >Luckily, you manage to get them to relent on the subject of you covering yourself
  3872. >As you slip into the tub, you let yourself fully relax into the perfectly tempered water
  3873. >You feel so light that you could very well fall asleep
  3874. >But you can't help but wonder where Anonymous is
  3875. >Did Pseudo not convince him
  3876. >Should you have called him
  3877. >You're snapped out of your thoughts by someone clearing their throat beside you
  3878. >Weird, you didn't hear anyone come in
  3879. “GAH!”
  3880. >As soon as you turned around, you came face to face with the very green man you had just been thinking about
  3881. >Instinctively you had forced yourself underwater to hide yourself from him, even if you were covered
  3882. >However you had forgotten to take a breath before going under, so you breached the surface as soon as you went under
  3883. >Coughing and spluttering, you took a minute to dislodge the water that had gotten into your windpipe
  3884. >As soon as your coughing fit was over you cracked open an eye to see Anon, still leaning against the side of the tub, still as nonchalant as ever
  3885. “Anon!? What- what are you doing here?”
  3886. >“Pseudo said you wanted to meet up here, I headed straight here after school”
  3887. >Well done Sunset, you kept a guy waiting
  3888. >You sink neck deep into the water, trying to hide yourself
  3889. “Sorry for taking so long”
  3890. >He relaxes against the edge further, sinking his head into his arms, his eyelids slowly shutting
  3891. >“It's cool, it's been too long since I've been in a decent body of water. Though it's a bit insulting to call a hot tub such, but I'll take what I can get”
  3892. >You perk up a bit of that
  3893. >You push yourself over to the edge, just besides him
  3894. >It seems the men's and women's hot tub were right next to each other
  3895. >How did you not notice before
  3896. >Seemingly reading your mind Anon points to the floor just outside the tub
  3897. >Glancing down you see a basic wall divider splayed out on the floor
  3898. >You wish that Aloe and Lotus' lax attitude towards separating men and women surprised you
  3899. >Turning back to Anon you lay your head in your own arms
  3900. “So what do you mean you haven't been in a body of water for a long time?”
  3901. >For a second you thought he might have fallen asleep, but the tilting of his head says otherwise
  3902. >“The last time I was in a decent body of water was back at the camp, and that was far too short lived”
  3903. “But since then?”
  3904. >“Nothing”
  3905. “A bath?”
  3906. >“Don't have one”
  3907. “The sea by the pier?”
  3908. >“Don't have a car and the Field doesn't stretch to there”
  3909. >For a minute you let a pleasant silence hang over the two of you as you process everything
  3910. >It makes sense that he'd miss water considering what he is
  3911. >“So what did you call me here for?”
  3912. “Huh?”
  3913. >You snap to attention at his words, seeing an eye cracked open, and looking at you through half-closed eyelids
  3914. “Oh, right, it's just. Well when I mentioned Fluttershy and Pseudo being so close, you got sort of quiet, for a long time. I just wanted to be sure you were alright”
  3915. >He quirks an eye brow at that and pushes himself up to fully face you
  3916. >“Oh right. That.”
  3917. >He ran a hand down his mouth, then ran it through his hair as he let out a sigh
  3918. >“That... was just some paranoia, you did nothing wrong, so don't beat yourself up over it”
  3919. >You tilted your head at that
  3920. “Paranoia?”
  3921. >Seeing your confusion he rolled his eyes like it was the most obvious thing in the world
  3922. >“Yeah I just...”
  3923. >He left that hanging in the air for a few minutes
  3924. >While you wanted to push him on this you knew that hadn't worked the other times
  3925. >You just hope that if you don't force him he'll willingly be more open
  3926. >“I was worried he was gonna leave”
  3927. >Your eyes widen at that and seeing how he shrunk into himself at the word 'leave' you put a hand on his arm
  3928. >You placed it on gently, initially to see how he'd react, when he didn't care you placed it on more firmly and rubbed it in, what you hoped was a reassuring way
  3929. “Leave? What do you mean?”
  3930. >“I've told you how Sirens stick with their families until they find a mate, well once they do... well let's just say with how much effort goes into a family, it's rare that the original family will ever meet up again”
  3931. >You feel your heart ache a bit at that
  3932. >It makes you feel bad that you're happy at hearing this
  3933. >It's mainly him opening up that makes you happy, but it still feels inappropriate to feel this way
  3934. “Oh come on Anon, Pseudo wouldn't leave you, and besides you guys are human now, sort of, and families stick together, even when they get mat- I mean when they get into relationships”
  3935. >He waved you off at that, that familiar smirk of his tugging at the corner of his lip
  3936. >“Yeah I know, that's why I called it paranoia, it's just... well you know...”
  3937. >He waves his hand about, trying to summon the words
  3938. >When you don't respond he visibly sags, his face falling once more
  3939. >“...I just can't lose him too”
  3940. >Moving through the water you disregard any awkwardness and wrap your arms around him at that
  3941. >He goes stiff at your touch, and admittedly you sort of regret being so hasty
  3942. >But you couldn't stand to see such a defeated look on his face
  3943. >After a while you think about pulling away
  3944. >Just as you start to release your grip you feel his arms wrapping around you
  3945. >Now it's your turn to go stiff
  3946. >It's a firm but gentle hug
  3947. >Sadly it doesn't last long as he let's you go almost as soon as he held you
  3948. >You're tempted to pull him back, but you don't want to gain a reputation of a creeper
  3949. >“Thanks”
  3950. >That's all he says before he starts climbing out of the hot tub
  3951. “Hey wait up”
  3952. >You didn't want him to leave yet, but you couldn't very well make him stay
  3953. >Luckily he heeds your words and stands besides the tub
  3954. “It's getting pretty late, let me walk you home”
  3955. >He seemingly thinks about arguing but he stops himself
  3956. >Letting out a chuckle, he rubs the back of his neck before looking back at you
  3957. >“Sure, why not”
  3958. >You perk up at that, rushing to the changing rooms to get ready
  3959. >Within a few minutes the two of you have left the spa and are on your way to Anon's house
  3960. >It only just hits you that this will be the first time you'll have seen it
  3961. >Not like you're thinking of going in of course
  3962. >As you walk the two of you talk about everything and nothing
  3963. >Apparently Incognito is getting along with Twilight and Applejack
  3964. >Seems that their talk in the lunch room today wasn't a one time thing
  3965. >It fills you with pride knowing that the seven of you are actually getting along with these three
  3966. >Eventually you reach his door
  3967. >You briefly think you see a tint of red around the frame but it's gone as soon as you blink
  3968. >Probably their TV or something
  3969. >You two say your goodbyes at the door and you start to head home yourself
  3970. >You try to contain it but you can't help but skip a little bit as you go after how well today went
  3971.  
  3972. >You are Anonymous, and you can't keep the smile off your face
  3973. >It'd be hard not to with how well today went
  3974. >“So how'd it go at the spa Anon?”
  3975. >Turning to Incog your grin only widens
  3976. “It couldn't have gone better, I've got her all but eating out of my hand”
  3977. >A smirk that could match your own starts to grow on Incog's face
  3978. >“Glad to hear it, about time we got some good news”
  3979. “Mmhmm, come the Battle of the Bands she'll have completely let her guard down”
  3980. >“Then we'll have a buffet of magic to do with as we please”
  3981. >You tap the side of your nose at his words
  3982. >Normally he's as dense as a brick but Incognito has his moments
  3983. “Speaking of buffets...”
  3984. >You walk over to him and pluck the journal out of him, and proceed to smack the side of his head with it
  3985. “...I'm going to keeping this under lock and key until otherwise, no more gorging”
  3986. >“What! Why not?”
  3987. “Because dumbass I could see your gem glowing through the door, let's just hope she doesn't put two and two together for a while yet”
  3988. >Despite grumbling under his breath Incognito doesn't argue the point further
  3989. >Making your way into your room you pull out one of the drawers from your desk
  3990. >Neatly emptying the contents onto the bed you tape the journal to the underside of the drawer
  3991. >Putting the notes back in their place you put the drawer back in the desk
  3992. >Letting out a content sigh you caress the cave rock that Sonata left behind
  3993. “Nearly there girls, nearly there”
  3994.  
  3995. >You shift about in bed attempting to untangle the sheets that had coiled themselves around your arms and legs
  3996. >While your doing that you try to clear your throat which has become unbelievably dry in your sleep
  3997. >As if that wasn't enough you're desperately trying to cover your eyes from the bright light pouring in through your window
  3998. >You knew you forgot to do something last night
  3999. >To top off this misery cake your alarm goes off
  4000. >As you reach to turn it off your other tangled limbs get dragged along with your arm and you come crashing out of bed
  4001. >It's official, you hate life
  4002. >After a few minutes of rolling around and bumping into walls you finally unravel yourself from the travesty of sheets and turn off your alarm
  4003. >With a relieved sigh you blow the blonde hair that had stuck to your face away
  4004. >Running your hand through the messy mop of hair reminds you that you are, were, and most likely will continue to be, Incognito
  4005. >Shuffling around your room you pick up and sniff the various discarded clothes you have lying around
  4006. >After finding the one's that smelt the least you threw them on and made your way out your room
  4007. >The faint sound of pings tells you that your lanky brother is still here, sadly
  4008. >Making your way to the main room, you rummage through the numerous cupboards to find a bowl and some cereal
  4009. >Having obtained food you grab some milk and get to stuffing your face
  4010. >You choose to ignore the pair of green eyes that followed you as you went about your business
  4011. >Why Anon has to watch over you like a mother hen you'll never know
  4012. >Sure he's the “leader” since Adagio's gone
  4013. >No not gone, just absent, and it won't even be for much longer
  4014. >You steady your hand as you shovel in another load of cereal
  4015. >You have to hold back the urge to spit it out
  4016. >How human's put up with putting this trash into their bodies you'll never understand
  4017. >Another reason why you can't wait to get your sisters back and go home
  4018. >Once you kill that haughty old bastard you're going hunting for proper game
  4019. >Maybe you can get some bear meat
  4020. >Better yet if you can convince the others, maybe you could try and track down a hydra
  4021. >You only had it once before, when your parents brought it in for the joint 100th birthday of the six of you
  4022. >Damn, you remember this one time when the two of them brought all six of you for your first major hunt
  4023. >A sea damned Ursa Major
  4024. >The thrill an exhilaration from that battle is a high that still sends tingles through you
  4025. >Of course mom and dad did all the heavy lifting, but you six pulled your weight
  4026. >Remembering them still feels like someone rammed a jagged rock through your chest
  4027. >You snuff the thoughts out with more food, though it's hard to do so with Anon STILL watching you
  4028. >Why Anon is basically always breathing down your neck is beyond you
  4029. >You've fought things three times your size and come out on top
  4030. >Though admittedly you had magic then
  4031. >You could have magic now if he wasn't such a prude and took the book
  4032. >Who cares if Sunset's pony pen pal realises what you're doing, you could just brute force whatever comes your way with that thing
  4033. >But you do know what he could potentially do if you defied him
  4034. >Your cheek still hurts sometimes
  4035. >Having finished with your food you pick up the bowl and chuck it in the direction of the sink
  4036. >As you expected there's not a sound
  4037. >Anon had caught it and placed it in the sink
  4038. >“Could you not break our stuff Incog?”
  4039. “That depends, could you not watch me all the time?”
  4040. >“How will I stop you from being an idiot if I don't?”
  4041. >You merely grumble to yourself and let your head fall into your arms to catch a few more minutes of sleep
  4042. >Who cares if you're late to school, you don't even need anything that they're offering
  4043. >The clunk of a door and the rapid patter of feet on carpet followed by the clunk of another door brings a smile to your face
  4044. >The only thing that makes you happier than being away from Pseudo is messing with him
  4045. >You've been tempted to mess with his girlfriend but the opportunity has slipped through your fingers
  4046. >With that Rainbow girl being aware of you, you were weary before
  4047. >But now with the other five being aware of you, you know you can't do so without practically asking for a beating
  4048. >As a general rule you try to avoid those if possible
  4049. >The clunk of the door rings through the house again and an empty silence permeates the air
  4050. >You try and doze off, but you find yourself shifting and lifting your head up to glance around too much to do so
  4051. >As you look over the empty rooms your old cave flashes in your mind
  4052. >1400 years you spent there, but you still aren't ready to let it go
  4053. >It's funny that you want to get back so badly, it used to seem so cramped
  4054. >You never stopped complaining about it to your mother
  4055. >She'd keep telling you how you'd find a huge cave all to yourself one day
  4056. >You found the prospect to be soothing
  4057. >Then one day, she wasn't there to tell you that anymore
  4058. >You huddled yourself into her corner of the cave for weeks after that
  4059. >The others tried to pull you out
  4060. >You ended up biting Anon when he got particularly forceful with trying to move you
  4061. >The tension between you two never really relaxed after that
  4062. >Next thing you knew, 200 years later, it was even emptier
  4063. >For a thousand years you believed it'd be that way until you got a mate
  4064. >Then you found this world
  4065. >For the first time in centuries you felt hopeful
  4066. >Not only that, but you started to tolerate Anon and Pseudo more
  4067. >You just have to hold out until the Battle of the Bands
  4068. >Glancing up at the clock you realise you were lost in reminiscence for longer than you thought
  4069. >Lazily heading over to the door you grab your bag and sling it over your shoulder
  4070. >Locking up the house, you make your way to school
  4071. >Of course you take your time to do so
  4072. >With a day as lovely as this you may just skip school
  4073. >As the rain cascades down your face and under you clothes you can't stop the smile from spreading across your face
  4074. >Maybe there'll be a storm today
  4075. >If there is then maybe you'll try and get Anon out of his room and Pseudo off his girlfriend and watch it together like old times
  4076. >It won't compare to watching lighting and thunder roar across the sky from underwater
  4077. >But it'll be worthwhile
  4078. >You haven't really spent much family time with them for a while
  4079. >As you ponder how to approach this mushy feely crap your feet lead you the rest of the way to the school gates
  4080. >Seeing how everyone has gone inside, you realise the teacher's won't notice you missing
  4081. >Even if they do, it'll just mean more magic for the three of you
  4082. >So when you really think about it, it'd be dumb to not skip school
  4083. >Finding an overhang to shelter your bag next to the building, you make your way out to the field
  4084. >As you make it to the far end, you look up at the old tree that sits there, almost as if waiting for you
  4085. >Apparently the school was built around it
  4086. >You don't know if it's true or not, but you honestly couldn't care less
  4087. >Tapping into a bit of your magic, you leap twice your height and grip onto lowest branch
  4088. >Pulling yourself up, you rest your back against the trunk and let one leg hang off the side
  4089. >The leaves above cover you a little bit but a lot of the water still runs down the tree and over you
  4090. >You know it'll piss off Anon to no end, and will probably lead to you being lectured by him and Pseudo, but you still tap into your magic again
  4091. >Your skin slowly gets replace by scales
  4092. >You replace only patches so you can really feel the water as it runs over you face, neck, chest, back and arms
  4093. >You shiver in pleasure at the sensation, feels like it's been an eternity since you were in your original form
  4094. >As you feel the wind and rain, you let your other senses drift
  4095. >Your eyes catch sight of small game scampering around
  4096. >Squirrels, rabbits, a fox
  4097. >Nothing worth your time but it's good to keep your sight honed
  4098. >As the rain washes over the field you let the various smells of the flowers, the grass, the mud, and the rain itself fill your nostrils
  4099. >Finally you let your ears focus on the song of the rain
  4100. >Catching each raindrop as it hits so many things
  4101. >From the dull thuds it makes at it hits the grass and tree
  4102. >To the high pitched pings it makes at it hits the metal goal posts
  4103. >To the rapid pitter patter as it splashes against, and ricochets off the bleachers
  4104. >As you let yourself drown in the music of nature you decide to join in
  4105. >Puckering your lips you start a soft whistle
  4106. >Eventually harmonising with the rain you're sure you've gotten loud enough for those in the school to hear you
  4107. >But in this moment, nothing matters
  4108. >Memories of your mother flood your mind
  4109. >She always had a greater appreciation for the world above the water than your father
  4110. >She'd often take you there
  4111. >When the storms came she'd teach you this song
  4112. >No one else in the family wanted to learn it
  4113. >Your siblings all wanted to perfect their singing lessons
  4114. >Which was fine by you
  4115. >It left you with more alone time with her
  4116. >As you continue your song you feel the cold rain whip against your face
  4117. >Despite the chill winds and water, your cheeks burn as water runs down them
  4118. >You slowly pull your legs up to your chest and bury your head in them
  4119. >Your song slowly becomes quieter until only you can hear it
  4120. >It's odd, you could swear your gem started to echo the song
  4121. >You don't know how long you kept going but you finally stopped when the warmth of the sun started to cling to you
  4122. >Pulling your head up you see the sky starting to clear
  4123. >You guess it doesn't want an encore
  4124. >Looking over at the school you see the students piling out
  4125. >That either means lunch or end of the day
  4126. >You pray it's the latter
  4127. >The less time spent here the better
  4128. >Jumping down from the tree you make your way back across the field
  4129. >As you do, you see your brothers and the girls sat on some of the benches outside eating
  4130. >Of course only half the day has passed, because why would anything nice ever happen to you
  4131. >As you approach the table the one in the weird hat, Applejack you think her name is, waves at you
  4132. >She quickly stops though and starts whispering to the others who all turn to you
  4133. >Quirking an eyebrow you brush it off
  4134. >At least you would if Anon didn't make a beeline right for you
  4135. >Before you're even able to get a word out he's tackled you to the ground
  4136. “What are you-”
  4137. >“Scales”
  4138. >His voices has dropped to a hushed hiss
  4139. >You push yourself up to your elbows
  4140. “What?”
  4141. >He grips your arm and hisses at you again
  4142. >“Scales”
  4143. >Looking to your arm your breath hitches in your throat as golden scales look back at you
  4144. >Quickly tapping into your magic you shift back to “normal” much to Anon's relief
  4145. >He stands up and actually offers you a hand up much to your surprise
  4146. >Happily taking it you let yourself be pulled up and make your way over to the others
  4147. >Anon sits by Red, Pseudo, Pseudo's girlfriend, and the Rainbow
  4148. >You meanwhile take a seat between Applejack, Fashion, Science, and Pink
  4149. >At least you think those are their names
  4150. >It's probably close enough
  4151. >As you sit down the girls offer you a bite from each of their lunches
  4152. >You only now notice how hungry you are and gladly accept the offerings
  4153. >For most of the lunch you just enjoy eating your food in silence
  4154. >Relative silence to be exact, everyone else is talking
  4155. >They try to engage you but you don't give them much to work with
  4156. >You never really got along with those outside your family
  4157. >You did have a bit of a longer talk with Fashion and Pink so you're making some progress at least
  4158. >“By the way was it just me, or did the rain sound really weird today?”
  4159. >You perk up at Rainbow's words and notice the others all murmuring in agreement
  4160. >“It was very odd I don't know how to explain it myself but it was almost melancholic in a way”
  4161. >Fashion pouts her lips, seemingly trying to think of a better way to explain it
  4162. >You steal a glance at your brothers and sure enough, they're both shooting you knowing looks
  4163. >You simply look away from them and start eating again
  4164. >There were a few times when they asked you to teach them the song
  4165. >You always said no
  4166. >As far as you're concerned it's yours to do with as you so wish
  4167. >You're pulled from your thoughts as you feel a pair of hands grab a hold of your shirt
  4168. >“Rarity, what in the hay are you doing?”
  4169. >Oh wait, that's her name
  4170. >You preferred it when she was called Fashion
  4171. >“I'm terribly sorry Incognito, but I simply can not let you remain in such awful clothes, you look like you went through one of Applejack's pig pens”
  4172. >Applejack responds with an indignant “Hey” only to be shushed by Rarity
  4173. >“Oh please, you know no offence was meant, now, come along Incognito, I have just the thing for this situation”
  4174. >She stands from the table, grabs her bag and briskly makes her way inside
  4175. >You shoot a perplexed look to everyone but they simply shrug their shoulders
  4176. >“You may as well go Incog, she won't stop until you do”
  4177. >Glancing up at the glass door you see Rarity standing their beckoning you impatiently
  4178. >Not wanting the white headache to bother you for the rest of the day you decide to comply and follow after her
  4179. >As you weave through the various hallways you eventually come to a stop outside the woman's bathroom
  4180. >Her eyes scan up and down the hallways and, after making sure no one is nearby, drags you inside
  4181. >Your eyes widen at Rarity's brashness
  4182. >She only had to ask
  4183. >As you stumble inside you glance around the room
  4184. >Pretty much what you expected
  4185. >Cleaner walls and floor, and more stalls
  4186. >She removes her bag and stars rummaging through it
  4187. >“I'm so glad you agreed to join me Incognito, you've no idea how long I've wanted to do this”
  4188. >This day is turning out better than you had hoped
  4189. >“Aha there you are”
  4190. >With a flourish and a “Tada” she holds up an ivory coloured button up shirt
  4191. >Now it's not as good as you hoped, unless that's for cleaning, which you doubt
  4192. >You let out a huff and inspect the shirt closer
  4193. >Sewn into the torso with gold coloured thread, are various musical notes
  4194. >She waits with baited breath as you look it over
  4195. >“Well, what do you think? I made it from a very durable, soft, and might I add expensive, linen/wool blend, but don't think you HAVE to like it because of that. I- I actually got only a sample form a friend of mine in the industry as a favour so it didn't cost me a bit. But if you do I can order some more to make the three of you some quality bespoke suits for the Battle”
  4196. >She's practically shaking with giddiness
  4197. >You suck in air through your teeth and take the shirt in your hands
  4198. >It certainly is soft, it practically glides over your hands
  4199. >You pull it outwards in various angles and see it is durable
  4200. >Though you're pretty sure Rarity nearly fainted when you did
  4201. “I dunno Rarity, I mean don't get me wrong it's very nice, but suits are more Anonymous' thing”
  4202. >You hand the shirt back to Rarity which causes her to sputter and stumble over her words
  4203. >“Wait could you at least try it on? The sample I had was limited and you were the only one who was... of the appropriate stature for it”
  4204. >You rub the back of your neck and rock back and forth on your feet
  4205. “I mean... Anonymous isn't that much bigger than me, I'm sure he could fit it, just ask him”
  4206. >Turning on your heels you make your way to the door only to be stopped by a diamond shaped barrier
  4207. >You knock against the barrier a few times and attempt to push it to no avail
  4208. >Turning to Rarity you see her necklace glowing as she holds out her hand at you
  4209. “Don't you think this a bit excessive?”
  4210. >Rarity's eyes turn to pinpricks, as if only now realising the situation she's in
  4211. >Clutching the shirt to her chest she giggles nervously
  4212. >When you simply raise an eyebrow at her she drops her head
  4213. >“I know you must think poorly of me now, but I- I- I swear I can explain”
  4214. >She gulps and steals a glance at you
  4215. >As you gesture for her to continue she lets out a sigh but doesn't relax at all
  4216. >“It's just... the Battle of the Bands will be selling tickets to the people in town, and I was hoping to showcase these items there with me and the girls, but then I thought I could expand by giving you three a set too.”
  4217. >She lets out a little eep at that and flails her hand at you
  4218. >“Not that I think of you three as some- some sort of ac- ac- accessory or something. I'd never, it was intended as a gift first and the potential to model them second I swear. I know you said Anonymous prefers suits, but I don't know if it will fit him but I do know it will fit you. So... please?”
  4219. >She gives you her best winning smile and puppy dog eyes as she squeaks out the 'please'
  4220. >You think on her words for a minute
  4221. >Then you get a devilish thoughts that brings a smile to your face
  4222. >Striding back to her you see her perk up
  4223. “I suppose I could be convinced to wear it during the Battle of the Bands...”
  4224. >She squints her eyes at you at the tone of your words
  4225. “...if let's say, you and me got a little more 'friendly'”
  4226. >Her eyes widen at that and she visibly tightens her grip on the shirt
  4227. >“I- I- you- what do you mean?”
  4228. >You scratch your chin in mock thought and scan the room
  4229. “Well, the doors blocked by that diamond, and the stalls are empty”
  4230. >You leave your words to hang in the air and smirk at her
  4231. >Her face immediately flushes as she sputter and stumbles over her words
  4232. >However a glare quickly works it's way onto her face
  4233. >Before you realise what's going on your facing the stall and your cheek is stinging like it just got hit by a branding iron
  4234. >“You bloody ruffian!”
  4235. >Turning back to Rarity she grabs your collar and pulls you face to face
  4236. >“I am NOT just some harlot who will do... what you were insinuating just to further myself, I am above such things. I don't know what I expected from you, you seemed like the worst of the three, but I was willing to give you the benefit of the doubt, but I guess the joke is on me”
  4237. >This is not going how you played it out in your mind
  4238. >Abort mission, abort mission
  4239. >She angrily stuffs the shirt into her bag and with a flick of her wrist she dispels the barrier
  4240. >You wrack your brain, trying to come up with something to fix this
  4241. >Before you're able to form a thought she's basically at the door
  4242. >Turning on your heels you grab her wrist and tug her back
  4243. >That earns you another slap
  4244. >“Release me this instant you brute”
  4245. “Wait wait would you just WAIT”
  4246. >She stops squirming when you raise your voice but still struggles against your grip
  4247. >Releasing her you take a few steps back and hold up your hands in appeasement
  4248. “Alright... I clearly misinterpreted this situation”
  4249. >“VERY CLEARLY”
  4250. >Alright you deserve that
  4251. “Look, I get that I fucked up here but... believe it or not I don't want to screw up this whole 'friendship thing' that the other two are giving a go. So... how do I make up for it?”
  4252. >With a hmph she crosses her arms and turns her head up
  4253. >“Well I don't know, you tell me how you think you can”
  4254. >You grab a handful of your hair and let out a groan
  4255. “Why do you think I asked you? I haven't the faintest clue how any of this works, I've never had friends before”
  4256. >This actually startles her into looking at you again
  4257. >Seeing that you aren't joking she cups her chin in thought
  4258. >“Well I suppose that might explain your behaviour. It certainly won't excuse it, but it does explain it at least”
  4259. >Letting out an overly-long sigh she drops her hands to her side
  4260. >“I suppose I can overlook this... unfortunate transgression IF, you model the suit at the Battle, and model for all my future lines”
  4261. >You gawk at her demands but quickly find your voice
  4262. “How about the next two lines?”
  4263. >“How about the next two dozen?”
  4264. >You don't know how much time that would entail but at this point you want to cut your losses
  4265. “Alright, fine”
  4266. >You hold out a hand to her which she gleefully shakes
  4267. >“You won't regret this Incognito”
  4268. >You already do
  4269. >“Now, as for the first part of the bargain”
  4270. >With another flourish she pulls out the shirt, and then proceeds to attempt to straighten it out
  4271. >Grabbing the shirt you start to remove your current one to change
  4272. >“Oh, you're just going to- ok”
  4273. >Just as flustered as before, though thankfully not as angry, she turns away from you as you start putting on the new shirt
  4274. >You actually take your time putting it on, it felt soft in your hands but this is almost surreal
  4275. >It's as light as a feather but you can't even feel the cool temperature of the toilet
  4276. >As you do up the last button you attempt to straighten it out as best as you can
  4277. “Alright there, how's that?”
  4278. >Turning to look at you, she lets out a series of squeals
  4279. >From the smile on her face you're glad that she's happy now
  4280. >Or at the least, she's happier
  4281. >Your cheek can't take much more punishment
  4282. >She fusses a little bit over the collar and cuffs being crooked but overall it seems it's a success
  4283. >“Honestly, this is wonderful, I was sure I'd be a bit off but it seems my measurement intuition is as sharp as a razor”
  4284. >She asks you several questions about the shirt
  4285. >If you're restricted in any way, if it feels weak in any areas, and several others you're hardly able to keep track of
  4286. >You answer to the best of your ability and the bombardment of questions finally stops when the bell rings
  4287. >Letting out a sigh of disappointment Rarity stops fussing over your clothes and grabs her bag
  4288. >“Well this was very helpful Incog, your suits will come along a lot quicker now that I know what I'm working with, til later”
  4289. >Her dismissive tone as she leaves makes you feel an odd way
  4290. >Picking up your own bag you stuff your other clothes into it and go after her
  4291. >Quickly catching up with her you walk with her for a bit
  4292. >She doesn't even bother to acknowledge you
  4293. >Taking a deep breath you grip her shoulders and pull her to a stop
  4294. “Rarity would you hold on just a sec”
  4295. >She begrudgingly turns to you
  4296. “Look I know I fucked up in there, badly, but I want to say that I am sorry, I shouldn't have said that shit”
  4297. >Her posture and face relaxes a bit at that
  4298. “I honestly don't even know why I'm saying this shit either, normally I wouldn't care, but for some reason I do”
  4299. >She's completely relaxed now and looks you up and down
  4300. >“Well if that's the case then why DO you care?”
  4301. >Letting out a sigh you open and close your mouth several times as you think back on the few times you interacted with her
  4302. “I- I guess I liked the friendship thing, I don't know if I've even been doing it right since I didn't really talk to you but I... liked the few times that I did, and if you hated me then I doubt you or the other girls would talk to me and I don't want that to happen”
  4303. >A smile spreads from ear to ear on her face and she envelops you in a very brief hug
  4304. >“You are forgiven”
  4305. >With a smile she beckons you to keep following her
  4306. >Snapping out of your daze from the hug you do so
  4307. “Wait, so just like that?”
  4308. >“Just like that darling”
  4309. “But, you were really, REALLY mad”
  4310. >“Yes, yes I was, and I still am a bit. But that's friendship, even if you're a little angry if your friend is sincerely sorry, as you were, then they should be sincerely forgiven”
  4311. >This revelation is very interesting to you
  4312. >Maybe this friendship thing isn't so pointless
  4313. >As Rarity separates off to her class you make your way back out to the field
  4314. >You had luckily avoided the teachers with your excursion to the toilets and you see no point in going to class
  4315. >Though the rain has stopped, you head out to where you were before to relax
  4316. >Though now that you think about it, if the sun is out then Sports classes will continue
  4317. >You head to the bleachers and seat yourself and your bag under them
  4318. >Breathing a sigh of relief your relaxation is cut short by a groan
  4319. >Looking to the side you see none other than Rainbow Dash
  4320. >“Is nowhere safe from you?”
  4321. >Your day was going so well
  4322. >After the mishap with Rarity, you're not anywhere close to being willing or able to deal with the walking colour spectrum
  4323. >Hoping she'll just go away if you ignore her, you shut your eyes and rest your head back
  4324. >You hear her clear her throat in an obvious attempt to get your attention
  4325. >You don't give her the satisfaction of so much as a twitch
  4326. >Sadly it seems your hope was misplaced
  4327. >While any normal person would leave after being ignored Rainbow is clearly a special kind of person
  4328. >Not in the good way
  4329. >Apparently you ignoring her gave a hit to her ego
  4330. >This leads her to clearing her throat in louder and more annoying ways
  4331. >You have to clench and unclench your fist several times to stop yourself from doing something you know you'd regret in the long run
  4332. >Eventually though you can no longer ignore her
  4333. >Especially due to the fact that she's standing right next to you
  4334. >Well, she's slouching but that doesn't really matter
  4335. >“Hey Bimbo, you go deaf while you were with Rarity or something?”
  4336. >Ahh Bimbo, her pet name for you
  4337. >You remember when she first called you that
  4338. >It was the first and only time you saw an iota of regret on her face
  4339. >Though that little rarity was overshadowed by the looks on all the guys and girls that day
  4340. >All you remember after she first said that word was a wave of outraged yelling
  4341. >The next thing you knew, you were coming down from a laughing fit that had you curled up on the floor because your stomach was in agony from laughing so much
  4342. >Good times
  4343. >Shame that Pseudo had to ruin them by making everyone forget what she said
  4344. >Because while half the students were berating her for “using such a demeaning phrase” as they said, the other half were under the impression that you were upset by what she said
  4345. >The fact you were crying from how hard you were laughing didn't help to prove the opposite
  4346. >But you can't be too mad at Pseudo
  4347. >If he hadn't done it, Anon would have
  4348. >If that were the case Anon would have thrown in a mind-numbingly boring lecture about your responsibilities during this mission for free
  4349. >While you hate those you will admit, you appreciate how hard he's working to get Adagio, Aria and Sonata back
  4350. >You wouldn't have had a clue on where to start with something like that
  4351. >Not that you'll ever let him know
  4352. >You're snapped out of your stupor by a “Hey” being bellowed in your ear by a certain smurf coloured dyke
  4353. >Rolling your eyes you slowly turn your gaze up to her to see a burning glare being shot at you
  4354. >It'd probably be intimidating to human males
  4355. >But when you grow up with the woman in your family you know what actual glares feel like
  4356. >Used to make the water around you feel like ice
  4357. “What?”
  4358. >“Don't 'what' me, I've been talking here and you've been off in your own empty head”
  4359. “Yeah cause I had more important things to do then pay attention to you”
  4360. >“Like what?”
  4361. “How about literally anything else?”
  4362. >She grits her teeth and balls up her fists at that, a small growl emanating from the back of her throat
  4363. >Now she's actually looking intimidating
  4364. >At least it looks like she's trying to be
  4365. >With a huff you begrudgingly get to your feet
  4366. >Stretching out your back you let out a delighted hum as you feel everything pop
  4367. >You turn to Rainbow and find that you both stand at about the same height
  4368. >You're surprised you even share that much in common with her
  4369. “If you're so desperate to talk then can you get it over with, I've got a lot of important sleep to catch up on”
  4370. >She lets out a huff at that
  4371. >“What I was trying to tell you was that you should find someplace else to do your 'important sleep' airhead”
  4372. >You turn your gaze up and to the side as if you're considering what she's saying
  4373. >Just as quickly you turn back to her
  4374. “How about you leave instead smurfette”
  4375. >She forces her forehead against yours which you easily hold
  4376. >While she's doing that she grunts out “Quit calling me that”
  4377. >With a smirk you swiftly move to the side causing her to stumble forward and brace herself before she concusses herself on the metal
  4378. >Turning on a dime she stomps over to you
  4379. >Leaning against a support beam you roll your eyes at how annoyingly persistent she is
  4380. >“Why the hell can't you just leave?”
  4381. “Well I don't exactly see why I should”
  4382. >“I was her first you jackass”
  4383. >You actually have to take a moment to process what she just said
  4384. “I'm sorry how old are you supposed to be?”
  4385. >She lets out an exasperated groan, throwing her arms up and turning away from you
  4386. “Because if we're going by those rules I was here first”
  4387. >She looks at you like you with a quirked eyebrow
  4388. >Understanding her confusion you continue
  4389. “When school started I came out here to relax in the rain, so yeah, I was here first”
  4390. >Sure you were resting on the tree which is like a dozen or so feet from the bleachers but she doesn't need to know that
  4391. >It's obvious she wants to keep trying to get you to leave, but every time it looks like she has an argument they die on her tongue
  4392. >Finally letting out an aggravated groan she trudges back over to her bag and slumps against the bleachers
  4393. >You feel a smirk tug at the corner of your lips as you take sit down and rest against the support beam
  4394. >Despite the awkward silence and palpable tension you're honestly enjoying yourself
  4395. >It's roughly been two weeks since you agreed to this whole friendship thing to get these girls to drop their guard
  4396. >Longest two weeks of your life
  4397. >Honestly, the girls expected you to just magically stop messing with people
  4398. >To make it worse Anon all but ordered you to go along with it
  4399. >It's left you with an itch you're not allowed to scratch
  4400. >So annoying anyone, no matter who, even if it's only a small amount brings a smile to your face that you just can't wipe off
  4401. >As your mind starts to wander off on it's own it's brought back to reality by a clamour of voices coming from nearby
  4402. >Annoyed that someone's disturbing your peace you crack open an eye and shuffle over to the gap between the bleachers to spy on what's making all the noise
  4403. >As you had predicted sports classes are still going now that the sun's up and the unfortunate few that are forced to go out are a herd of ankle biters
  4404. >What's surprising is that, while the male students are complaining, as you've come to expect from this world, two female students are making the biggest fuss out of the whole group
  4405. >Their uniforms are obviously personally customised, making them stand out the most
  4406. >One has light pink skin with purple and white hair that's so finely done it'd give Rarity a run for her money
  4407. >Of course the effort is lost as the child's demeanour screams spoiled rich girl who probably didn't even bother doing it herself
  4408. >The second loudest student, though you only now realise she's just confirming what the pink one is saying, has silver skin and hair neatly done in a braid
  4409. >“Ugh, this is awful, why are we walking around in the mud and the muck when the gymnasium is free?”
  4410. >“Yeah”
  4411. >“Oh come on Diamond, it's not so bad, I get dirty all the time, it really ain't all that bad”
  4412. >You notice out of your peripherals that Rainbow has turned around and is spying on the group like you
  4413. >“Well of course YOU'D be fine with it Applebloom, your family like, lives in a pig pen or something”
  4414. >“HEY we have a farm house that's plenty clean”
  4415. >“Clean by YOUR standards maybe, but I prefer not to wake up smelling like an animal each morning”
  4416. >You notice that the silver chick has stopped joining in on agreeing with the other but still remains behind her
  4417. >Meanwhile Applebloom, who you think Applejack has mentioned at some point, is getting her own backup in the form of two other kids, one orange and the other white
  4418. >“You got this Scoots”
  4419. >You shoot a glance at Rainbow at that
  4420. >Briefly making eye contact with you, her eyes widen as if just remembering you were here too
  4421. >Shooting you a glare she goes back to watching the girls
  4422. >“Why don't you just. Back. Off. Diamond, no one here is interested in hearing you whine for the thousandth time today, even the boys have bigger ovaries than you”
  4423. >A wave of murmurs and giggles washes over the crown of kids while Diamond look to the silver kid for support, finding none
  4424. >Clearly embarrassed she stomps over to Scootaloo, turning her head down as she stand a few inches taller than her
  4425. >“Take. That. Back”
  4426. >Undeterred by the tone in her voice the shorter girls let's out an amused huff
  4427. >“Oh yeah and what are you gonna do about it”
  4428. >The 'do' is emphasised by Scootaloo shoving Diamond Tiara, causing her to stumble back and knock over the silver kid
  4429. >Not even bothering to offer her a hand Diamond charges at Scootaloo
  4430. >Despite bracing herself it's a pointless effort as Diamond is picked up by her wrist and brought face to face with a yellow skinned woman with firey hair
  4431. >A gasp from besides you tears your eyes away again as you see Rainbow Dash with eyes as wide as dinner plates muttering 'ohmygosh' over and over under her breath
  4432. >“I tell you kids to come out here and stretch, that is literally ALL I ask and what do I find? This mess!”
  4433. >“Sorry miss Spitfire”
  4434. >At least Scootaloo is courteous enough to say that much, Diamond just lets out an indignant huff
  4435. >“I came here to show you kids the tip of the iceberg that is Wonderbolt's training, but I guess I'm gonna have to start off with Wonderbolt's discipline instead”
  4436. >Both students look petrified at the tone of her voice
  4437. >Like she takes some weird enjoyment in giving out punishment
  4438. >“But you're kids so I don't wanna kill you, Tiara 5 laps of the field, Scootaloo 7”
  4439. >“What! Why do I get 7?”
  4440. >“Why do I get any at all”
  4441. >Both kids are abruptly silenced as Diamond is dropped back to the ground, falling on her ass with a hard thud, much to her disgust
  4442. >“Tiara, you disapproved of my orders, that's grounds for insubordination, 5 laps, Scootaloo, you got borderline violent with a classmate, 7 laps, now get moving”
  4443. >“You can't just waltz in here and act like you own the place, do you know who my father is?”
  4444. >Diamond is silenced by a glare that actually makes you lean away from the gap in the bleachers a little
  4445. >“Your daddy ain't here kiddo, my class my rules, and now you have 7 laps too, now get moving before I make it 20”
  4446. >Before Diamond is able to complain further Spitfire blows a whistle directly next to her ear causing her to flinch as she tried to protect them
  4447. >Scootaloo meanwhile dashed off as soon as the whistle went, giving her a head start on Diamond who was quick to start off after her
  4448. >After those two were far away from the class Spitfire turns to the rest of them and starts the proper lesson
  4449. >Losing interest pretty quickly as she drones on about safety you slump back
  4450. >You notice that Rainbow stalwartly remains at the gap in the bleachers, her eyes following the orange blur as best she can
  4451. >You know you're gonna regret this but you've got nothing better to do
  4452. “Your sister?”
  4453. >She perks up at that and turns to you with a suspicious look
  4454. >“No, she's sort of a fan of mine, also she hangs out with AJ and Rarity's sister a lot so we end up hanging out sometimes too, wait why do you even care?”
  4455. >Her eyes squint as she questions you
  4456. >You simply hold up your hands and shrug your shoulders
  4457. “Honestly? I'm just wondering why you care about her so much, I mean, she's off, so you can just go back to relaxing”
  4458. >As if to make your point you shuffle back against the support beam once more and start to relax again
  4459. >You feel her gaze remain on you for a few moments until it turns away
  4460. >Other than the incoherent jumble of voices coming from the kid's, and Spitfire screaming at them, there isn't much noise
  4461. >That is, until a series of huffs and pants wakes you from your sort of but not quite sleep
  4462. >Glancing up you see Diamond running past, looking down each side you see Scootaloo lagging just a bit behind
  4463. >Leaning back you let out an annoyed huff
  4464. >Glancing up the field to see them turning back into coloured dots you see Rainbow still watching the two intently
  4465. >Rolling your eyes at her obsession with the kid you go back to napping
  4466. >Sadly the problem with napping is that it never feels like your napping for long before something disturbs you
  4467. >Once again the two out of breath girls run past your little hiding place, though Scootaloo is noticeably further behind Diamond now
  4468. >Of course, Rainbow is still watching the girls like her life depended on it
  4469. “Ok seriously, what's up with you, it's just some kid you know, why are you watching her like that?”
  4470. >She turns to you with a glare
  4471. >“That's none of your business”
  4472. >You hold up your hands at her sudden aggressive tone
  4473. “Ok jeez, no need to bite my head off”
  4474. >As Scootaloo passes the two of you, you just barely catch Rainbow muttering encouraging words
  4475. >You're not sure whether she intended for the girl to hear them or not but it's certainly confirming that she's especially connected to the girl
  4476. “Alright well at least answer me this, she's clearly fitter than the other girl, even I can tell that at a glance, why is she so far behind?”
  4477. >Rainbow doesn't answer you, only shooting you a quick glare
  4478. “Maybe the other girl has payed her off to lose to make her look good?”
  4479. >“Scootaloo would never be payed off!”
  4480. >Rainbow quickly slaps a hand against her mouth and goes prone on the ground, nervously looking over her shoulder
  4481. >You follow her line of sight and see her looking at Spitfire who is shooting a glare right at the bleachers
  4482. >For a brief few moments that stretch out, she holds the glare, and for a split second you think she might have seen you through the gaps
  4483. >Just as you're about to book it she turns her gaze up and down the field, seemingly looking for the source of the noise
  4484. >Shrugging her shoulders, she turns back to her students
  4485. >Rainbow finally lets herself start breathing again when Spitfire takes her eyes off where the both of you are hiding
  4486. >You meanwhile can't help but chuckle at the display, earning you yet another glare
  4487. “Well since you're clearly willing to talk maybe you can answer my question now?”
  4488. >Her face scrunches up at that
  4489. >“Like I said before, it isn't any of your business”
  4490. >She goes back to the bleachers and lets out a groan when she realises she's lost where the girls are
  4491. >After a few minutes she turns back to you
  4492. >“You know you haven't answered my question either, why do even care?”
  4493. >You simply shrug your shoulders at her
  4494. “I'm bored, you girls and my own brothers aren't gonna let me have my usual fun so I'm stuck doing this”
  4495. >She doesn't seem satisfied with the answer but she takes it anyway
  4496. >Eventually you both manage to catch the two as they start coming around to the end of their third lap
  4497. >Or was it their fourth
  4498. >You haven't really been paying attention
  4499. >You notice a distinctly increased distance between them once again
  4500. >It's gotten so big that Diamond actually has the time to stop near the bleachers and take a breather without having to worry about Scootaloo overtaking her
  4501. >You almost feel bad for the kid
  4502. >“Not so great without your scooter are you?”
  4503. >Diamond giggles at her own mocking comment before taking off again, with Scootaloo close behind her again since she was given time to catch up
  4504. >Sadly it's clear the gap isn't gonna close either
  4505. >Though that scooter comment did peak your curiosity
  4506. “If she's such a bad runner why would she use a scooter, I mean wouldn't she have just as much difficulty with it? Or does she need it to get around?”
  4507. >Rainbow looks at you like you just grew a second head
  4508. >“What? No, Scootaloo isn't a cripple or anything it's just-”
  4509. >She quickly stops herself
  4510. >Now this is getting ridiculous
  4511. >You let out a groan and shuffle over until you're sat right next to her
  4512. >She attempts to shuffle away but she's essentially cornered herself
  4513. “Come on would you just tell me already, it's not like I'll be able to do anything with the information if I wanted to”
  4514. >While looking around the bleachers, most likely for some way to get away from you without giving away where she is to Spitfire, her eyes flit to you now and again
  4515. >Eventually her gaze settles on you
  4516. >She slowly lets her gaze drift downward, as if in deep thought
  4517. >You'd be surprised if that were the case
  4518. >Eventually she heaves a sigh and adjusts herself so she faces you
  4519. >“Look, I don't like you, and I don't get why you wanna know about Scootaloo, honestly I'd rather not say anything cause you're a prick”
  4520. “Fair enough”
  4521. >You would argue but she's being surprisingly fair
  4522. >Not that she'd give you a chance to argue as she holds up her hand
  4523. >“BUT, Sunset does want us to get to know ALL of you three, and Anon and Pseudo aren't as bad as they seemed, so I'm willing to give you the benefit of the doubt here”
  4524. >You give her an appreciative nod and motion for her to continue
  4525. >She looks outside the bleachers and then around the two of you to make sure that no one's in earshot
  4526. >“But you have to PROMISE not to let anyone else know, it's not something Scootaloo wants people to know”
  4527. >You go to make a snide remark but, seeing the genuine look on her face makes you reconsider
  4528. >Shutting your mouth with a snap you give her a firm nod
  4529. >She scans you for any signs of deceit and, when she doesn't find any, you could swear her lips twitched upwards
  4530. >“The thing is, something is up with Scootaloo's legs, I can't remember what the doctor called it it was like a 7 word condition with like 7 syllables a word and one of them was probably foreign, basically while they work fine, and she can do scooter stunts just fine, for the life of her she can't run like others can”
  4531. >She looks out at the field at that
  4532. >You follow her gaze and see Diamond pass the bleachers once more
  4533. >A while later a clearly struggling Scootaloo comes close to collapsing but just barely stays on her feet
  4534. >She gasps and wheezes, sweat dripping down and off her face
  4535. >At least you hope it's sweat
  4536. >The other option would break your heart
  4537. >After just a few seconds she has breath back and takes off into a run again
  4538. >You notice Spitfire had been approaching her but stopped when she took off again
  4539. “Who else knows?”
  4540. >“Just me, and well, you too now I guess”
  4541. “What about the teachers, her parents, her friends?”
  4542. >With how violently her legs were shaking and the look in her eyes, you're surprised the information is kept from so many people
  4543. >“Scootaloo loves what she does, running, doing stunts on her scooter, and if people knew, they'd never let her do half that stuff, and I know that makes me a bad role model to not tell anyone but I- I just couldn't take what she loves away from her”
  4544. >Hearing Rainbow's voice crack is probably in your top 5 list of things you thought you'd never hear
  4545. >Her eyes hold a sadness from not knowing what to do next
  4546. >You've seen it a lot before, in Adagio, in Anonymous, even in yourself a few times
  4547. >You're not really good at comforting others but you give an attempted pat on her shoulder
  4548. >She can tell how awkward it is as she let's out a genuine chuckle at it
  4549. >Sniffling a little, Rainbow looks back out over the field
  4550. >“She's tried training but it just doesn't work, it wouldn't be so bad but she's wanted to run alongside me with the Wonderbolts for a long time, even now she talks about what it'll be like then... neither of us wanna say what we know”
  4551. >Rainbow has curled into herself now, though her eyes still haven't left the field
  4552. >“To top it all off Diamond Tiara and Silver Spoon keep bullying her about it, they both know something's up, they don't know exactly what but that doesn't matter to them”
  4553. >She doesn't let any leak in but you can feel the anger behind her words
  4554. >You can't blame her, she seems to be really invested in the kid
  4555. >Your mind flashes back to your home
  4556. >When it was just the three of you and Anon had to keep up relations with the other packs
  4557. >The few times they made fools of the three of you
  4558. >You feel your knuckles start to ache as your fingers dig into your palms and unclench your fist
  4559. >Massaging your aching hand you look over the field once more and spot Diamond Tiara
  4560. >An idea comes to mind and you can't help but smirk
  4561. >Leaning over to Rainbow you bump her and indicate to your target, dragging her attention away from Scootaloo
  4562. >With a tiny bit of magic and a flick of your finger Diamond Tiara slips on some mud and faceplants into the ground
  4563. “The mud must be slippery”
  4564. >Rainbow's eyeing you with suspicion but doesn't stop you either
  4565. >As Diamond gets back to her feet you have her fall backwards into the mud again
  4566. >This causes a small smirk to break on to Rainbow's face
  4567. >You let Diamond run on for a little bit until you make her slip again
  4568. >Rainbow has to hold in a chuckle at that
  4569. >Tripping Diamond has given Scootaloo enough time to catch up and pass her, much to both her and Rainbow's delight
  4570. >Though it clearly annoys Diamond who takes off at a sprint from a crouching position
  4571. >Of course you quickly bring that to an end
  4572. >You keep this up for the rest of their laps, letting Diamond run on for a little bit, then tripping her
  4573. >You fluctuate how often you make her trip and let her pass Scootaloo once to not make it seem too suspicious
  4574. >By the time Scootaloo has finished Diamond is still on the other end of the field and caked in mud
  4575. >Rainbow meanwhile is on the floor silently gasping as she tries to not give your position away
  4576. >You yourself can't wipe the smile off your face either
  4577. >When she finally trudges the last bit of her last lap she silently stomps past the celebrating Scootaloo and class back to the school
  4578. >Either these classes are shorter than you remember or they took a long time to do those laps because Spitfire orders the rest of the students inside as well
  4579. >Scootaloo stays behind though to sit down and catch her breath
  4580. >When the class has become spots in the distance she stands up and starts heading in your direction
  4581. >Makes sense she would know Rainbow hides out here
  4582. >As she rounds the back of the bleachers Rainbow bolts over to her and gives her a big hug
  4583. >Scootaloo giggles as she's swung around by the rainbow haired girl until she's finally put down
  4584. >Seemingly just noticing you she goes still and tries to make herself seem smaller
  4585. >“Uhhh Rainbow, who's this guy?”
  4586. >You both look up at Rainbow who glances between the two of you
  4587. >Settling her eyes on you she eventually speaks up
  4588. >“Don't worry Scoots, this is just Incognito, he's a... friend”
  4589. >You let out a huff through your nose and feel a smile spread across your face as you hold out a hand to Scootaloo
  4590. >Her personality does a complete 180 at Rainbow's words, going from looking like she's about to run away to shaking your hand so hard it feels like your arm's gonna fall off
  4591. >“Wow, it's really nice to meet you, I'm Scootaloo, how do you know Rainbow Dash?”
  4592. >You eventually manage to pry your hand away from her and let out a small chuckle
  4593. “How do I know Rainbow Dash? Wooo that IS a story”
  4594. >For a while you and Rainbow go back and forth talking about how you know each other
  4595. >Of course you leave out certain parts and mostly leave Dash to do most of the explaining
  4596. >She amplifies her place in the story a lot more than you would have
  4597. >But Scootaloo seems to be eating it up so you don't bother making any corrections
  4598. >For the most part you just relax against the support beam again and add bits to the story when Scootaloo or Rainbow asks you too
  4599.  
  4600. >As the last bell of the day rings out you let out a breath you didn't know you were holding in
  4601. >You can't recall how long you were staring at the room's clock
  4602. >Luckily it seems your teacher didn't notice
  4603. >Or maybe they just didn't care
  4604. >Either way you, and everyone else in your class, quickly grab your bags and head to the door
  4605. >You're surprised to see your teacher barging through the students to be the first one out
  4606. >Then again it's obvious as to why
  4607. >The weekend has come once more
  4608. >Initially it baffled the three of you as to why these days were so significant
  4609. >But then after learning about how school fits into the week it all clicked
  4610. >Though it took a while longer for Incognito to understand
  4611. >You blame all the times he tried to fight Anonymous
  4612. >He got his head bashed against the floor and walls too often
  4613. >“Hey Pseudo, wait up”
  4614. >Hearing the call you slow your pace and try to hone in on the source
  4615. >As the sea of students slowly thins you spot Caramel and Braeburn heading your way
  4616. >You immediately attempt to speed up after seeing them
  4617. >If you've learned anything during your time here is that those two will want one of any number of things
  4618. >For you to lend them money
  4619. >To bitch about something petty
  4620. >To gossip about something pointless
  4621. >Or any number of further meaningless drivel
  4622. >Despite your best attempts to get away from them they close in on both sides, effectively trapping you
  4623. >You slow down to keep pace with them as struggling further would get you nowhere
  4624. >Honestly they're not insufferable
  4625. >At least not most of the time
  4626. >But after such a long week you just want to meet up with Fluttershy
  4627. >Sadly you're stuck talking to Caramel
  4628. >“Whew, you know I'm so jealous of you and your brothers you seem to be able to speed up without breaking a sweat. I wish I could get that fit, what's your workout routine?”
  4629. >You sigh and roll your eyes as discreetly as you can
  4630. >Looks like your in for another round of pointless talk
  4631. “Like all the other times you've asked, I don't have one, I just eat healthy, and walk around a lot”
  4632. >Braeburn chooses to cut in at this point
  4633. >“All right then, keep your secrets, but one of these days you'll spill”
  4634. “Sure Brae, sure”
  4635. >“Oh don't be so dismissive, it'll happen, just you wait”
  4636. >“Oh drop it Braeburn, he'll tell us the same day he finally fixes his hair”
  4637. >You bump him with your elbow at that
  4638. >He flinches and stumbles a few feet after you do so though
  4639. >That's another of the problems you have with these two, it doesn't matter how gently you bump them, they always act like you broke their arm
  4640. “Come off it Caramel, my hair is fine as is”
  4641. >To prove your point you run a hand throw your purple hair
  4642. >Only for it to get stuck in the knots halfway through
  4643. >Unwilling to relent you push your hand through
  4644. >Eventually you're able to untangle yourself from the nest atop your head
  4645. >Luckily you only unravelled the knots rather than pulling out any actual hair
  4646. >The two beside you share a chuckle at your display
  4647. >They both go on to do as you did
  4648. >Only this time there's no interference as their hands glide effortlessly through their hair
  4649. >“You see Pseudo, there's something to be gained from proper haircare”
  4650. >You simply let out a huff at them
  4651. “My hair is fine as is, it's clean and smells fine, that's all I need”
  4652. >“Well sure I guess, but honestly, the only reason you say so is that you've already got Fluttershy, if you were going solo, you'd be singing a different tune”
  4653. >You can't help but smirk at Caramel's words
  4654. >Apparently before you came along Fluttershy was hardly noticed by the guys of the school
  4655. >However once they inevitably managed to trick you into their social circle they couldn't stop talking about her
  4656. >You're so lucky this, she's so good to you that, you'd be annoyed if there jealousy didn't make you so smug
  4657. >As the two once more go into their usual tirade of how their girls pay no attention to them and compare them to Fluttershy for the nth time, she just so happens to step around the corner
  4658. >She has her head down, most likely from having a class without any of her friends
  4659. >Meanwhile Caramel is so engrossed in his talk he doesn't notice her
  4660. >You notice them on a collision course and quickly step forward and pull her into your chest
  4661. >She let's out a small “Eeep” as you pull her to your chest
  4662. >She briefly struggles against you but you keep your grip form, making sure not to hold her uncomfortably tight
  4663. >You still remember finding bruises in the shape of your fingerprints on her when you first cuddled
  4664. >It broke your heart and pissed you off to no end
  4665. >She tried to reassure but it took a while before you hugged her again
  4666. >It would have taken a lot longer if she didn't force herself to hug you as often as possible
  4667. >She claimed it was a way to “force you to forgive yourself” whatever that meant
  4668. >Still feeling her squirm slightly you gently rest your face in her hair, effectively calming her down
  4669. >As you take in a whiff of her shampoo, you feel her taking in deep breaths that glide over your chest to calm her racing heart
  4670. >Pulling your head away she cranes her neck up and rests her chin on your chest
  4671. >When she finally makes eyes contact with you a smile spreads across her face
  4672. >It's not a big smile, never has been
  4673. >She's often confided in you her worries that people don't like her smile
  4674. >But you always reassured her it was one of the reasons you got with her
  4675. >No matter how bad your day, seeing it was able to easily melt away the stress and aggravation of the day
  4676. >As the two of you stood there, the content silence was broken by a duo of “awwww”s coming from besides you
  4677. >Suddenly remembering those two were there you internally groan
  4678. >As Fluttershy turns to see the two of them she buries her head in your chest out of embarrassment
  4679. >You stroke her head to calm her down and shoot Caramel and Braeburn a glare that freezes them in place
  4680. >You tilt your head to signal them to leave
  4681. >Thankfully they get the message immediately and scamper off
  4682. >Slowly turning Fluttershy away you bring an arm around her waist and lead out of the school
  4683. >As you step out into the front of the school she slowly rest her head into your side
  4684. >You start to wonder what you could do over the weekend when your ears pick up rapid movement behind you
  4685. >As you release Fluttershy, you attempt to turn around but whatever was coming behind you managed to latch onto your back
  4686. >Losing your footing you fall forward, faceplanting into the grass
  4687. >As a mad cackling echoes across the school you feel a migraine start to form
  4688. >“Holy crap Pseudo, that was way too good”
  4689. >Before you're able to launch your vertically challenged brother off of you, you feel his weight lifted off you
  4690. >Getting to your knees you glance over your shoulder to identify the cause
  4691. >Anon had stepped in and picked up Incog by the collar of his shirt
  4692. >Incog makes several attempts to detatch himself, bracing his legs against the ground to push and pull against Anon's grip
  4693. >All to no avail of course but it brightens your mood to see him struggle
  4694. >“Damn it Anon, quit handling me”
  4695. >“Then stop giving me and everyone else a headache”
  4696. >With that, Anon shoves Incog causing him to stumble away
  4697. >Despite all your hopes he manages to regain his footing and right himself
  4698. >Dusting himself off he shoots Anon a glare
  4699. >His only response is a huff as Anon saunters off and leans against the statue at the front of the school
  4700. >Before you're able to check on Fluttershy another pair of footsteps draws your attention
  4701. >Hearing Incognito let out a grunt, you turn around to see him grasping at his back, spinning as he goes
  4702. >You're surprised to see Scootaloo clinging to him, laughing as she does
  4703. >You remember hearing about her and her friends from Fluttershy but you never got around to meeting them
  4704. >After a lot of effort Incog finally manages to pry her off of him
  4705. >“What are you some sort of spider monkey?”
  4706. >Scootaloo simply responds with a giggle before twisting out of Incog's grasp and running off
  4707. >As you watch her go you see her heading towards Applebloom and Sweetie Belle as well as the girls
  4708. >Seeing her friends making their way out of school Fluttershy hurries over to greet them as well
  4709. >Meanwhile the three of you simply stand around waiting for them to finally make it over to you
  4710. >For a group who often seem desperate to get out of school they certainly walk slow
  4711. >By the time they make it over to you, Anon and Incog are standing besides you
  4712. >After greetings are swapped you all head over to the school gates
  4713. >You're surprised to see Rainbow start to walk besides Incog and start up a conversation with him
  4714. >That's definitely something you're going to have to ask about later
  4715. >“So Pseudo, what're your plans?”
  4716. >Turning away from Incog to Anon you see him walking besides Sunset as she talks with the girls
  4717. “Oh same old same old, thinking of hitting the town with Fluttershy, I'll be back at the usual time”
  4718. >He hums to himself as his gaze narrows
  4719. >You gulp a little at the piercing look
  4720. >“Awww, what's the matter Anon, do you miss hanging out with your brother?”
  4721. >Anon scrunches his face at Sunset who's wearing a smirk that could rival Incog's
  4722. >He stares her down for a few seconds before breaking off
  4723. >“Bah, it's nothing”
  4724. >The glance he shoots you out of the corner of his eyes says otherwise
  4725. >You take a firmer hold of Fluttershy and bring her closer to you
  4726. >She helps calm you down as much as you do for her
  4727. >“Actually Anon if you would like to spend some time with your brothers I think I have the perfect opportunity”
  4728. >“Yeah, sure you do”
  4729. >Despite Anon dismissing her, Rarity doesn't let it stop her
  4730. >“Actually I do. Afterall, Incog owes me a favour”
  4731. >Rarity now officially has everyone's attention
  4732. >Especially Incog who is frantically making motions for her to stop
  4733. >Rainbow however clasps a hand over his mouth, eager to hear just what situation your brother has gotten himself into
  4734. >“After a certain... misunderstanding between Incog and I. He agreed to model some future lines for me, one of which I hope to gift the three of you with.”
  4735. >At the mention of fashion the three of you and the kids lose interest, going back to simply watching where you're going
  4736. >“Oh come now you three, getting new suits is the perfect bonding experience for a group of young men, ask any of the boys at school and they'll say the same”
  4737. >You and your brothers somehow manage to simultaneously harmonise a series of groans and eye rolls
  4738. >This illicits giggles from the group, save for Rarity who has nothing but glares to give out
  4739. >As the group settles down, Sunset speaks up
  4740. >“Actually Anon I think that it would be good for the three of you”
  4741. >“How do you mean?”
  4742. >Sunset rubs the back of her neck in thought as Anon looks down at her with a quizzical look
  4743. >“Well I mean, you three don't really seem to hang out with each other since we did this whole friendship thing. It seems that you're only ever together at the very beginning and end of the day unlike before. Maybe you three should, you know... reconnect?”
  4744. >Anon glances at the two of you and you can't help but somewhat agree with Sunset
  4745. >Sure before this you spent a lot of time with Fluttershy, but the rest of that time was spent with these two
  4746. >It's been weeks since the three of you have had a conversation that wasn't about the plan
  4747. >“I...”
  4748. >You turn to Incognito and see his eyes focused on the ground
  4749. >“I... guess that, it wouldn't be the WORST waste of my time”
  4750. >He briefly glances at the two of you before huffing and looking across the street
  4751. >You and Anon share a look of confusion at Incog's behaviour but shrug it off
  4752. >“Well what are you lot gonna be doing?”
  4753. >“OH oh OH oh oh Oh Oh me, pick me, I know what we're doing”
  4754. >Pinkie frantically hops up and down like a jack-hammer, waving her hand in the air
  4755. >Chuckling at her, Anon waves for her to continue
  4756. >“Alright then Pinkie, what are you doing?”
  4757. >“We're having-”
  4758. >Seemingly crouching down, Pinkie goes silent for a second
  4759. >As the three of you glance around you spot no sign of her, as if she turned into air
  4760. >“A SLUMBER PARTY”
  4761. >You're amused that Anon and Incog shrieked like at her sudden reappearance
  4762. >Though you're ashamed to admit you did the same
  4763. >Pinkie had emerged out of Anon's hair throwing confetti in the air as she did
  4764. >After letting out his banshee like scream he shook her out of his air
  4765. >While the girls all burst into laughter the three of you were trying to calm your hearts that threatened to burst from your chests
  4766. >Anon was constantly running a hand through his hair to make sure nothing else was hiding in it
  4767. >You only just manage to get your breath back and refocus on Pinkie to catch her trailing off
  4768. >“-then after all that there's tomorrow, where we're thinking of going to the beach”
  4769. >That snaps the other two out of their shock
  4770. >Anon set a general rule to not leave the area under the influence of the Field
  4771. >But since you're not using it to it's full effect anymore that rule may just become moot
  4772. >Seeing the three of you looking at her she speaks up again
  4773. >“I mean, of couse I was gonna invite the three of you, it just seemed to go without saying, so feel free to drop by my house tomorrow morning or whatever and we can all have a super duper fun time”
  4774. >“Don't worry Pinkie, we'd come anyway, Sunset here would miss me if I didn't”
  4775. >Anon leans towards Sunset, a grin spread across his lips
  4776. >She simply laughs and pushes his face away
  4777. >“Don't flatter yourself Anon, unlike Fluttershy, I can go a day without being near one of you”
  4778. >This gets a chuckle out of everyone but causes Fluttershy to bury her head in the crook of your arm
  4779. >Chuckling yourself you hug her tighter
  4780. >“Either way we're gonna split off here. We'll see the four of you tomorrow”
  4781. >“Why of course darling, and you needn't fret, I shall return these three without a hair out of place”
  4782. >As Rarity spins on her heels Incog and Anon glance at each other and, with a shrug of their shoulders, head off after her
  4783. “Uh guys”
  4784. >They both stop and turn to see you, with Fluttershy still pressed to your side
  4785. “I was actually thinking of heading with the girls, see you tomorrow?”
  4786. >Anon simply chuckles and walks up to you
  4787. >“Oh no you don't Pseudo, if I have to suffer Incog's presence so do you”
  4788. >You barely hear Incognito's “OI” as Anon takes a hold of your shoulder
  4789. >With an unnecessarily hard tug he yanks you away from Fluttershy and drags you after him
  4790. >You shoot a glance over your shoulder to Fluttershy and see her nervously tapping her fingers together, giving you a small wave
  4791. >You return it as best you can with one of your shoulder's still in Anon's death grip
  4792. >“Rarity, wait for us”
  4793. >Anon's grip finally goes slack when Scootaloo, Sweetie, and Applebloom make their way around you and crowd around Rarity's feet
  4794. >“Oh goodness, that's right, you're also having a slumber party aren't you Sweetie?”
  4795. >An ear-piercingly shrill “YAY” was cried out in unison by the three
  4796. >As you rub your ears in an attempt to cease the ringing you see the three run off far ahead of the group
  4797. >Rarity rubs her temples, most likely trying to suppress a migraine
  4798. >“I am terribly sorry you three, but today might be more complicated than I had hoped”
Advertisement
Add Comment
Please, Sign In to add comment
Advertisement